File Content - 
		 PROPOSAL FOR  
EQUALIZATION LEVY  
ON 
 SPECIFIED TRANSACTIONS 
(Report of the Committee on Taxation of E-Commerce)
1 | P a g e 
 
 
PROPOSAL FOR EQUALIZATION 
LEVY ON SPECIFIED 
TRANSACTIONS 
(Report of the Committee on Taxation of E-Commerce) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
February, 2016 
Prepared by the Committee on Taxation of E-Commerce formed by the 
Central Board of Direct Taxes, Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance, 
Government of India
2 | P a g e
3 | P a g e 
 
CONTENTS 
 
Section 1 Constitution and Mandate of the Committee  
Section 2 Digital Economy: Current status and Growth Prospects  
Section 3 Tax Challenges from Digital Economy & Action 1 in BEPS  
Section 4 Issues related to Tax Neutrality between Domestic & 
Multi-National Enterprises and their Implications  
Section 5 
Principles for Allocating Taxing Rights, Factors that 
contribute to Profitability & Historical Review of Existing 
Rules 
 
Section 6 
Broader Tax Challenges related to Nexus and 
Characterization of Income from Digital Transactions 
and common Disputes 
 
Section 7 Issues related to Value of data & User Activity in 
Multidimensional Business Models  
Section 8 Recent International Literature on Taxation of Digital 
Economy Enterprise  
Section 9 Options to address broader tax challenges of Digital 
Economy in the Indian Context  
Section 10 Characteristics of the Proposed ‘Equalization Levy’  
Section 11 Conclusions & Recommendations of the Committee
4 | P a g e 
 
Executive Summary 
 
The  Committee  on  taxation  of  E-Commerce  examined  the  tax  issues  arising  from  the  new 
business models employed in the digital economy, in particular issues relating to tax nexus rules 
under  existing  law  and  tax  treaties,  characterization  of  payments  made  for  services  and 
facilities  provided primarily  through  digital  means  and  issues  related  to  valuation  of  data  and 
user contribution in profits of digital enterprises. The Committee took cognizance of the Report 
on  Action  1  of  Base  Erosion  &  Profit  Shifting  (BEPS)  Project,  wherein  very  significant  work  has 
been  undertaken  for  identifying  the  tax  challenges  arising  from  digital  economy,  the  possible 
options to address them  and  constraints  likely to  be  faced.  The  Committee  also notes that this 
report  has  been  accepted  by  G-20  countries,  including  India  and  OECD,  thereby  providing  a 
broad  consensus  view  on  these  issues. The  Committee took note  of the work  done  in  this field 
by other  experts,  as  well  as the lack  of uniformly  accepted  standards  in taxation  of  royalty and 
fee  for  technical  services,  and  the  resultant  tax  disputes.  The  Committee  also  took note  of  the 
divergent approaches to characterization of such income taken by the taxpayers, tax authorities 
and  appellate  authorities,  and  the  litigation  arising  from  such  inconsistencies.  The  Committee 
acknowledges the need for addressing all these issues in a holistic manner. 
The  Committee  notes  that  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  clearly  brings  out  that  the  physical 
presence  nexus  in  existing  international  taxation  rules,  which  were  developed  in  the  last 
century keeping in view the business models of that time, provided a reasonable nexus test for 
identifying  significant  participation  of  a  traditional  brick  &  mortar  enterprise  in  the  economic 
life  of  a  jurisdiction.  However,  with  the  evolution  of  new  business  models  in  digital  economy, 
where  revolutionary  technological  developments  have  made  the  need  for  physical  presence 
redundant,  it  is  no  more  a  justifiable  indication  of  nexus.  The  BEPS  Report  also  brings  out  very 
clearly  the  challenges  that  are  faced  in  characterizing  the  payments  for  digital  goods  and 
services,  which  are  likely  to be  faced  more  often by countries  like  India, which  opt for taxation 
of  royalty and  fee  for  technical  services  in  the  source  jurisdiction.  Lastly,  the  BEPS  Report  also 
recognizes  the  new  issues  that  have  emerged  in  respect  of  multidimensional  business  models, 
like valuation of data belonging to residents of source jurisdiction and the user contributions to 
the  profitability  of  enterprises,  both  for  the  purpose  of  determining  nexus  and  attributing 
profits.  
The  Committee  notes  that  the  ability  of  multinational  enterprises  to  avoid  taxes  completely  in 
the  source  jurisdiction  under  the  existing  rules, poses  significant  challenges  and  concerns  for 
countries  like  India.  The  unfair  advantage  enjoyed  by  them  over  their  Indian  competitors  can 
make Indian enterprises, both digital as well as brick & mortar ones, relatively less competitive
5 | P a g e 
 
in  the  long  run,  resulting  in  detrimental  impact  on  growth  of  Indian  enterprises.  Further,  their 
ability  to  avoid  payment  of  taxes  in  India  can  also  adversely  impact  revenue  collections,  and 
lead  to  a  rising  tax  burden  on  Indian  enterprises  and  Indian  citizens that  could  be  even  more 
detrimental to Indian economy as a whole. Thus, the Committee considers that there is a need 
for addressing these issues without any further delay. 
The  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  clearly  highlights  the  need  for  modifying  existing  international 
taxation  rules,  and  identifies  three  options,  i.e.  a  new  nexus  based  on  significant  economic 
presence,  a  withholding  tax  on  digital  transactions,  and  Equalization  Levy.  The  Report 
elaborates  in  detail  the  characteristics  of  these  options  and  their possible  tax  design.  The 
Report does not recommend any of these options at this stage, in view of the work that may be 
required  in  the  area  of  attribution  of  profits,  but  concludes  by  recognizing  the  right  of  any 
country  that  may  wish  to  adopt  any  of  these  options,  either  under  its  domestic  law  or  in  its 
bilateral tax treaties.  
After examining the three options identified in the report, the Committee notes that compared 
to  the  first  two  options,  i.e.  a  new  nexus  based  on  significant  economic  presence  and the 
withholding  tax  on  digital  transactions,  which  would  require  changes  in  a  number  of  tax 
treaties,  the  third  option  of  ‘Equalization  Levy’  provides  a  simpler  option  that  can  be  adopted 
under  domestic  laws  without  needing  amendment  of  a  large  number  of  tax  treaties. 
Accordingly,  the  Committee  recommends  the  adoption  of  this  option  to  address  the  tax 
challenges  of  digital  economy  and  provide  greater  certainty  and  predictability  in  its  taxation. 
The  Equalization  Levy  imposed  on  the  payment  for  digital  transactions,  would  not  be  a  tax  on 
income,  and  hence  would  not  be  covered  by  tax  treaties.  As  Equalization  Levy  is  not  proposed 
as tax on income, it would need to be imposed outside the Income-tax Act, 1961. 
The  Committee  proposes  that  the  Equalization  Levy  may  be  imposed  on  specified  digital 
services and facilities including online marketing and advertisements, cloud computing, website 
designing  hosting  and  maintenance,  digital  space,  digital  platforms  for  sale  of  goods  and 
services and online use or download of software and applications. The Committee recommends 
that  only  payment  exceeding  Rs.  one  lakh  made  by  a  person  resident  in  India  or  a  permanent 
establishment  of  a  non-resident  person  to  a  non-resident  enterprise  be  covered  by  this  levy, 
which  may  be  charged  at  a  rate  between  6  to  8  %  of  the  gross  payment  made  for  specified 
services.  Such  a  threshold  will  keep  almost  all  B2C transactions,  as  well  as  a  very  large  number 
of B2B transactions outside the scope of the Equalization Levy, thereby limiting its impact. 
The Committee notes that income arising from payments subjected to Equalization Levy should 
not  be  subjected  to  income-tax,  and  hence  proposes  that  income  from  transactions  that  are 
chargeable  to  Equalization  Levy,  and  on  which  such  levy  is  paid,  may be  exempted  from 
income-tax. The Committee considered different options for ensuring compliance, and came to
6 | P a g e 
 
a  view  that  it  can  be  done  by  way  of  deduction  of  Equalization  Levy  by  the  payer,  but  such 
obligation  should  be  limited  to  only  those  payers  who  wish  to  claim  that  payment  as  a 
deductible  expense  for  determining  taxable  profits  in  India.  Committee  also  notes  that 
deduction  by  payment  gateways  and  by  authorized  foreign  exchange  dealers  can  significantly 
reduce  the  obligations  on  payers,  and  strongly  recommends  that  work  should  be  initiated  for 
exploring  this  possibility.  The  Committee  also  recommends  that  reporting  obligations  for 
Equalization  Levy  may  be  kept  simple  with  facility  of  filing  return  being  made  available  online. 
The Committee also acknowledges the need for continuously monitoring further developments 
in digital economy as well as further developments in international taxation rules.
7 | P a g e 
 
Section 1 
Objective of the Committee’s Work 
 
 
1.1  Introduction 
1. With  expansions  of  information  and  communication  technology,  the  supply  and 
procurement  of  digital  goods  and  services  has  undergone  exponential  expansion  everywhere, 
including  India.  It  has  also  made  it  possible  for  the  businesses  to  conduct  themselves  in  ways 
that  did  not  exist  earlier,  and given  rise  to  new  business  models  that  rely  more  on  digital  and 
telecommunication  networks,  do  not  require  physical  presence,  and  derive  substantial  value 
from  data  collected  and  transmitted  through  such  networks.  These  new  business  models  have 
also  created  new  tax  challenges  in  terms  of  nexus,  characterization  and  valuation  of  data  and 
user  contribution.  These  challenges  have  been  recognized  by  the  international  community, 
leading to their inclusion in the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Project endorsed by G-20 
and  OECD. The  findings  and  conclusions  of Action  1  of  this  Project  aimed  at  addressing  these 
challenges, resulted  in  the  publication  of  a  detailed Report  in  September  2015  that  has  since 
been  accepted  and  endorsed  by  the  G-20  and  OECD  and  thus  provides  a  broad  international 
consensus on these issues.  
2. The  issue  of  characterization  of  payments  related  to digital  goods  and  services,  and the 
inherent ambiguities therein, have been universally recognized as a challenge. These issues are 
faced more  commonly  by countries  like  India,  which have  included  provisions that  allow taxing 
rights to the source jurisdiction to tax royalty and fee for technical services in their tax treaties, 
and  thereby  have  a  difference  in  position  with  the  OECD in  respect  of  these  provisions.  The 
combination  of  inadequacy  of  physical  presence  based  nexus  rules  in  the  existing  tax  treaties 
and  the  possibility  of  taxing  such  payments  as  royalty  or  fee  for  technical  services  creates  a 
fertile ground for tax disputes, particularly in countries like India, where the taxpayer rights are 
fully  protected  by  the  appellate  authorities,  and  imposition  of  tax  under  ambiguous  laws  are 
often not sustained. 
3. The  ambiguities  in  taxation  of  income  arising  from  the  digital  economy,  and  the 
resultant tax disputes are also a constraint for the taxpayers, who may end up getting subjected 
to inconsistent approaches on the part of assessing as well as appellate authorities, making the 
tax regime in respect of such income ambiguous and unpredictable, a situation which has been 
noted as an area of concern by the taxpayers as well as tax authorities.
8 | P a g e 
 
1.2  Constitution of the Committee 
4. Recognizing the significance of issues relating to e-commerce transactions and the need 
to  have  a simple  way  to resolve  them  and  bring  greater  clarity  and  predictability  in  the 
applicable  tax  regime,  the Central  Board  of  Direct  Taxes  (CBDT),  Department  of  Revenue, 
Ministry  of  Finance,  directed  that  a  Committee  be  constituted, whose  terms  of  reference 
should include detailing the business models for e-commerce, the direct tax issues in regard to 
e-commerce  transactions  and  a  suggested  approach  to  deal  with  these  issues  under  different 
business models. It was further directed that the Committee may include experts from industry 
and  officers  from  CBDT  and  the  field  and  also  a  nominee  from  the  Institute  of  Chartered 
Accountants of India.  
5. Accordingly a committee was constituted consisting of the following members1: 
(i) Shri  Akhilesh  Ranjan,  Joint  Secretary  (FT&TR-I),  CBDT,  Department  of  Revenue, 
Ministry of Finance & Chairman of the Committee 
(ii) Ms. Pragya  Sahay  Saksena,  Joint  Secretary  (TPL-I),  CBDT,  Department  of  Revenue, 
Ministry of Finance 
(iii) Shri  Pradip  Mehrotra,  Commissioner  of  Income  Tax  (ITA),  CBDT,  Department  of 
Revenue, Ministry of Finance 
(iv) Ms. Chandana  Ramachandran,  Commissioner of Income  Tax  (International  Taxation), 
Bengaluru 
(v) Shri  Nihar  N  Jambusaria,  Chairman,  Committee on  International  Taxation of  the  ICAI, 
representative of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) 
(vi) Shri Pramod Jain, Head of Taxation, Flipkart, Industry representative 
(vii) Shri  Rashmin  Sanghvi,  Chartered  Accountant,  Expert  on  International Taxation  and 
Taxation of E-Commerce 
(viii) Dr. Vinay Kumar Singh, Director (FT&TR-I), CBDT Department of Revenue, Ministry of 
Finance & Member Secretary of the Committee 
1.3  Work of the Committee 
6. The  Committee held its meetings in  New  Delhi  from time  to time to  examine  the  issues 
and  find  possible  alternatives  to  address  them.  Part  of  the  work  was  undertaken  by members 
working  in  sub-groups,  as  decided  by  the  Committee.  The  Committee  heavily  relied  upon  the 
                                                           1 Ms. Krupa Venkatesh, Head of Taxation, Amazon was also nominated as a Member, but could not participate in 
the proceedings of the Committee. Shri Sumeet Hemkar, Chartered Accountant, BMR & Associates LLP 
represented  Amazon, and participated in  one meeting of the Committee, and provided his inputs, which were 
taken into account by the Committee.
9 | P a g e 
 
BEPS  Report  on  Action  1,  wherein  the  new  business  models  of  digital  economy  as  well  as  the 
tax  challenges  arising  from it  in  respect  of nexus,  characterization, valuation  of  data  and  user 
contribution  have  been  examined  in  detail.  The  BEPS  Report  also  identifies options  to  address 
these  challenges  and  also  recognizes  the right  of  countries  to  adopt  any  of  those  options  in 
their domestic laws or bilateral tax treaties. The Committee took note of the fact that India was 
an active participant in the BEPS Project, including Action 1, and the BEPS Report on this action 
has been endorsed by the G-20 and OECD countries. 
7. The  Committee took  note  of  all  aspects  of  digital  economy  that  have  been  recognized 
and  taken  note  of  in  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1,  keeping  the  Indian  context  in  view,  and 
explored  possible  options  to  find  a  solution  in  accordance  with  the  conclusions  of  this  report. 
The Committee aimed at identifying a solution that will provide simple, predictable and certain 
taxation of digital economy. This Report is a result of this endeavour. 
1.4  Organization of the Report 
8. The  following  sections  of  this  Report  are  organised  in  the  order  that  the  Committee 
approached  the  issues.  The  second  section  notes  the  current  status  of  digital  economy  and  its 
future growth projections. Section 3 details the tax challenges arising from digital economy and 
the  work  in  Action  1  of  the  BEPS  Project  undertaken  in  this  regard. Section  4  details  the 
observations of the  Committee  related  to  the need  for  achieving  tax  neutrality between  multi-
national  enterprises  and  domestic  enterprises,  as  well  as  between  digital  and  traditional  (brick 
& mortar) enterprises. Section 5 provides an overview of the underlying principles for allocating 
taxing  rights  between  the  jurisdiction  of  residence  and  the  jurisdiction  of  source,  the  factors 
that  lead  to  profitability  of  businesses,  and  a  historical  review  of  existing  rules.  Section  6 
identifies  the  tax  challenges in  digital  economy that  have  now  been  recognized  by  the 
international  community,  including  those  related  to  nexus and characterization, as  well  as  the 
tax  disputes  that  can  arise  from  them, particularly  in  the  Indian  context. Section  7 takes  a  look 
at the issues related to valuation of data owned by residents in the source jurisdiction and their 
contributions as  ‘users’ in  the  profitability  of  the  enterprises  in  multidimensional business 
models.  Section  8 reviews  the  recent  international  literature  on  tax  issues  arising  from  digital 
economy  that  was  also  taken  cognizance  of  during  the  BEPS  project.  Section  9  details  the 
options  identified  by  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1,  and  their  conclusion  that  countries  may 
adopt  any  of  these  options  in  their  domestic  laws  or  bilateral  tax  treaties. In  Section  10,  the 
Committee puts forward a proposal for the Equalization Levy that can be adopted under Indian 
laws.  Section  11  provides  a  summary  of  the  conclusions  and  recommendations  of  the 
Committee.
10 | P a g e 
 
Chapter 2 
Digital Economy: Current status and Growth Prospects 
 
2.1 Introduction 
9. Rapid and progressively evolving changes in information and communication technology 
have  led  to  cataclysmic  changes  in  the  manner  businesses  are  conducted  around  the  world. 
Technological  advancements  and  cheaper  innovations  have  ensured  widening  spread  of  these 
techniques to hitherto unexposed populations. Entrepreneurs across the world have been quick 
to  evolve  their  businesses to  take  advantage  of  these  changes.  The  digital  means  of  doing 
business  have  perpetrated  so  fast  that  the  Task  Force  on  Digital  Economy  (TFDE)  of  the 
Committee  on  Fiscal  Affairs  of the  OECD has  commented  in  its  report  that the  digital  economy 
is  fast  becoming  the  economy  itself.  The  digital  economy2 has  not  only  forced  radical 
departures in ways of doing business it has also created entirely new businesses and opened up 
new  markets  and  growth  and  new  job  opportunities. The  growing  prevalence  of  E-Commerce3 
                                                           2 Section 4.3 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 describes the characteristics of digital economy as under: 
“4.3 Key features of the digital economy 
151. There are a number of features that are increasingly prominent in the digital economy 
and which are potentially relevant from a tax perspective. While these features may not all be 
present at the same time in any particular business, they increasingly characterise the modern 
economy. They include: 
• Mobility, with respect to (i) the intangibles on which the digital economy relies heavily, (ii) 
users, and (iii) business functions as a consequence of the decreased need for local personnel 
to perform certain functions as well as the flexibility in many cases to choose the location of 
servers and other resources. 
• Reliance on data, including in particular the use of so-called “big data”. 
• Network effects, understood with reference to user participation, integration and synergies. 
• Use of multi-sided business models in which the two sides of the market may be in different 
jurisdictions. 
• Tendency toward monopoly or oligopoly in certain business models relying heavily on 
network effects. 
• Volatility due to low barriers to entry and rapidly evolving technology.” 
3 Paragraph 117 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015) describes e-commerce or Electronic Commerce as under: 
“117. Electronic  commerce,  or  e-commerce,  has  been  defined  broadly  by  the  OECD  Working 
Party  on  Indicators  for  the  Information  Society  as  “the  sale  or  purchase  of  goods  or  services, 
conducted over computer networks1 by methods specifically designed for the purpose of receiving 
or placing of orders. The goods or services are ordered by those methods, but the payment and the 
ultimate  delivery  of  the  goods  or  service  do  not  have  to  be  conducted  online.  An  e-commerce 
transaction can be between enterprises, households, individuals, governments, and other public or 
private organisations” (OECD, 2011). E-commerce can be used either to facilitate the ordering of 
goods  or  services  that  are  then  delivered  through  conventional  channels  (indirect  or  offline  e-
commerce) or to order and deliver goods or services completely electronically (direct or on-line e-
commerce)….”
11 | P a g e 
 
and  new  services  like  Cloud  Computing4 indicate  the  rising  significance  of  digital  economy  in 
international commerce. 
10. Part  of  the  reasons  for  the  rapid  expansion of  the  ICT  sector  is  progressive  fall  in prices 
of  ICT  devices  and  services  because  of  the  tendency  for  greater  standardization, 
commoditization  and  interoperability in this  sector.  Technological  innovations  in  hardware  and 
greater  integration  of  hardware  and  software  produced  commodities  with  greater  value  for 
money  and  led  to  expansion  of  use.  Coupled  with  improving  telecom  network  infrastructure, 
open  source  codes  leading  to  development  of  software  applications  and  self-propagating  user 
generated content have led to increasing penetration. 
2.2  Forms of Prevalent Businesses in various segments of Digital Economy 
11. There  has  been  a  consistent  expansion  of  E-Commerce  businesses  over  the  last  couple 
of decades. The BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015) lists some of the more prevalent forms of these 
in paragraphs 118 to 121, as under: 
“4.2.1.1 Business-to-business models 
118. The  vast  majority of  e-commerce  consists  of  transactions  in  which  a  business  sells 
products  or  services  to  another  business  (so-called  business-to-business  (B2B))  (OECD, 
2011). This can include online versions of traditional transactions in which a wholesaler 
purchases  consignments  of  goods  online,  which  it  then  sells  to  consumers  from  retail 
outlets. It can also include the provision of goods or services to support other businesses, 
including,  among  others: (i) logistics  services  such  as  transportation,  warehousing,  and 
distribution; (ii) application  service  providers  offering  deployment,  hosting,  and 
management  of  packaged  software  from  a  central  facility; (iii) outsourcing  of  support 
functions  for  e-commerce,  such  as  web-hosting,  security,  and  customer  care  solutions; 
(iv) auction  solutions  services  for  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  real-time  auctions 
via  the  Internet; (v) content  management  services,  for  the  facilitation  of  website  content 
                                                           4 Notes to Chapter 4 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015) describe Cloud Computing as under: 
“Cloud computing is defined in the report of the US National Institute of Standards and Technology 
(NIST)  as ‘a  model  for  enabling  ubiquitous,  convenient,  on-demand  network  access  to  a  shared 
pool  of  configurable  computing  resources  (e.g. networks,  servers,  storage,  applications,  and 
services)  that  can be  rapidly  provisioned and  released  with  minimal  management  effort or  service 
provider  interaction.’ According  to  NIST,  the  cloud  model  is  composed  of  five  essential 
characteristics: 
• On-demand  self-service:  A  user can unilaterally  act  without  requiring  human  interaction 
with each service’s provider. 
• Broad network access: Capabilities are  available over the network  and accessed through 
standard  mechanisms  that  promote  use  by  heterogeneous  client  platforms  (e.g. mobile 
phones, laptops, and PDAs). 
• Resource pooling: The provider’s computing resources (e.g. storage, processing, memory, 
network  bandwidth,  and  virtual  machines)  are  pooled  to  serve  multiple  users  using  a 
multi-tenant model. 
• Rapid elasticity: Capabilities can be rapidly and elastically provisioned. 
• Measured  Service:  resources  use  can  be  monitored,  controlled,  and  reported  providing 
transparency for both the provider and consumer of the utilised service.”
12 | P a g e 
 
management  and  delivery;  and (vi) web-based  commerce  enablers  that  provide 
automated online purchasing capabilities. 
4.2.1.2 Business-to-consumer models 
119. Business-to-consumer (B2C) models were among the earliest forms of e-commerce. 
A  business  following  a  B2C  business  model  sells  goods  or  services  to  individuals  acting 
outside  the scope  of their  profession.  B2C  models  fall into  several  categories, including, 
for  example,  so-called  “pureplay”  online  vendors  with  no  physical  stores  or  offline 
presence,  “click-and-mortar”  businesses  that  supplemented  existing  consumer-facing 
business  with  online  sales,  and  manufacturers  that  use  online  business  to  allow 
customers to order and customise directly. 
120. The  goods  or  services  sold  by  a  B2C  business  can  be  tangible  (such  as  a  CD  of 
music)  or  intangible  (i.e. received  by  consumers  in  an  electronic  format).  Through 
digitisation  of  information,  including  text,  sound,  and  visual  images,  an  increasing 
number of goods and services can be delivered digitally to customers increasingly remote 
from the location of the seller. B2C e-commerce can in many cases dramatically shorten 
supply chains by eliminating the need for many of the wholesalers, distributors, retailers, 
and  other  intermediaries  that  were  traditionally  used  in  businesses  involving  tangible 
goods.  Partly  because  of  this  disintermediation, B2C  businesses  typically  involve  high 
investment  in  advertising  and  customer  care,  as  well  as  in  logistics.  B2C  reduces 
transaction  costs  (particularly  search  costs)  by  increasing  consumer  access  to 
information. It also reduces market entry barriers, as the cost of maintaining a website is 
generally cheaper than installing a traditional brick-and-mortar retail shop. 
4.2.1.3 Consumer-to-consumer models 
121. Consumer-to-consumer  (C2C)  transactions  are  becoming  more  and  more  common. 
Businesses  involved  in  C2C e-commerce  play  the  role  of  intermediaries,  helping 
individual  consumers  to  sell  or  rent  their  assets  (such  as  residential  property,  cars, 
motorcycles,  etc.)  by  publishing  their  information  on  the  website  and  facilitating 
transactions.  These  businesses  may or  may  not  charge  the  consumer  for  these  services, 
depending  on  their  revenue  model.  This  type  of  e-commerce  comes  in  several  forms, 
including, but not limited to: (i) auctions facilitated at a portal that allows online bidding 
on the items being sold; (ii) peer-to-peer systems allowing sharing of files between users; 
and (iii) classified  ads  portals  providing  an  interactive,  online  marketplace  allowing 
negotiation between buyers and sellers.” 
2.3 Extent of Digital Economy in World & Prospects of its Growth 
12. A  report  by  the  Boston  Consulting  Group  in  2012  had  estimated  that  there  would  be  3 
billion  internet  users  in  the  world  by  2016.The  digital  economy  which  contributed  USD  2.3 
trillion  in  G-20  countries  in  2010 would  expand  to  USD  4.2  trillion.  The  digital  economy  is 
growing at 10% a year, significantly faster than the global economy as a whole. With increasing 
penetration,  the  emerging  economies  are  now  becoming  the  drivers  of  innovation.5 The 
number  of  Internet-connected  devices  (12.5 billion)  surpassed  the  number  of human  beings  (7 
                                                           5Boston Consultancy Group
13 | P a g e 
 
billion) on the planet in 2011, and by 2020, Internet-connected devices are expected to number 
between 26 billion and 50 billion globally.6 
13. The  growth  of  internet  and  this  so  called  ‘digital  economy’  has  been  all  encompassing 
around  the  globe.  The volume  and  scope of  its expansion  is  aptly  summarized  in  the  BEPS 
Report on Action 1 (2015) as under: 
“123. For  example,  e-commerce  in  the  Netherlands  has  increased  as  a  share  of  total 
company  revenue  from  3.4%  in  1999  to  14.1% in  2009.  Similarly,  between  2004  and 
2011  this  share  increased  from  2.7%  to  18.5%  in  Norway  and  from  2.8%  to  11%  in 
Poland.  Based  on  comparable  data,  as  illustrated  in  the  chart  below,  e-commerce  is 
nearing  20%  of  total  turnover  in  Finland,  Hungary,  and  Sweden,  and  25%  in  the  Czech 
Republic (OECD, 2012). 
124. In  2014,  B2C  e-commerce  sales  were  estimated  to  exceed  USD 1.4  trillion,  an 
increase  of  nearly  20%  from  2013.  B2C  sales  are  estimated  to  reach  USD  2.356  trillion 
by  2018,  with  the  Asia-Pacific  region expected  to  surpass  North  America  as  the  top 
market for B2C e-commerce sales in 2015 (Emarketer, 2014). According to the research 
firm Frost and Sullivan the B2B online retail market is expected to reach double the size 
of  the  B2C  market,  generating  total revenues  of  USD  6.7  trillion  by  2020.  Such  B2B 
online sales will comprise almost 27% of total manufacturing trade, which is estimated to 
reach USD 25 trillion by 2020 (Frost and Sullivan, 2014).” 
“139. Internet  advertising  is  rapidly  growing,  both  in  terms of  total  revenues  and  in 
terms  of  share  of  the  total  advertising  market.  PwC  estimates  that  Internet  advertising 
reached  USD 135.4 billion  in  2014.  The  market  for  Internet  advertising  is  projected  to 
grow  at  a  rate  of  12.1%  per  year  during  the  period  from 2014  to  2019,  reaching 
USD 239.8 billion in 2019. Internet advertising would by that point surpass television as 
the  largest  advertising  medium.  Within  the  online  advertising  market,  search 
advertisement  holds  the  greatest  share.  Paid  search  Internet  advertising  revenue  is 
forecast  to  grow  from  USD  $53.13  billion  in  2014  to  USD  $85.41  billion  in  2019, 
accounting for over 35% of total Internet advertising by then, although video and mobile 
advertising  are  experiencing  rapid  growth.  While  video  Internet  advertising  only 
accounted for 4.7% of total Internet advertising revenue in 2014, it is expected to grow at 
over 19% a year, rising from USD $6.32 billion to USD $15.39 billion in 2019. Similarly, 
mobile  Internet  advertising  grew  from  just  5%  of  total  Internet  advertising  in  2010  to 
16.7% of the global share in 2014 and is expected to increase as mobile devices continue 
to proliferate (PwC, 2015).” 
14. More than two billion people globally are expected to use mobile devices to connect to 
the Internet in 2016, with countries like India, China and Indonesia leading the way. More than 
a  billion  people  use  the  Internet  to  bank  online,  to  stream  music,  and  to  find  a  job. More  than 
                                                           6Department of Electronics and Information Technology (DeiTY), Government of India
14 | P a g e 
 
two  billion  use  email  and  read  news  online  and  more  people  than  ever  before  are  making 
purchases online, it added.7 
15. The growth and development of digital economy is reported and analyzed in great detail 
in  Chapters  3  and  4  of  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  (2015),  in  statistical  terms  as  well  as  in 
terms of their reliance upon information and communication technology as the primary means 
of  doing  business, along  with the  various  business  models  that  have  emerged  in  the  process. 
Because  of  their  extensive  reliance  upon  telecommunication  and  exchange  of  data, arising 
primarily  from  the revolutionary  breakthroughs in  their costs,  these  businesses  are 
characterized  by  features  that  make  them  stand  apart  from  the  traditional  brick  &  mortar 
businesses in many ways. Paragraph 158 of this summarises them as under:  
“158. In addition, technological advances increasingly make it possible for businesses 
to  carry  on  economic  activity  with  minimal  need  for  personnel  to  be  present.  In  many 
cases,  businesses  are  able  to  increase  substantially  in  size  and  reach  with  minimal 
increases  in  the  number  of  personnel  required  to  manage  day-to-day  operation  of  the 
businesses  (so-called  “scale  without  mass”).  This  has  been  particularly  true  in  the  case 
of Internet businesses, which have in many cases quickly amassed huge numbers of users 
while  maintaining  modest  workforces.  As  a  result,  the  average  revenue  per  employee  of 
top  Internet  firms,  as  shown  in  Figure 4.8,  is  substantially  higher  than  in  other  types  of 
businesses within the ICT sector.” 
2.4  Digital Economy in India 
16. The Indian story in this regard is similar. According to Internet and Mobile Association of 
India  (IAMAI),  India's  internet  user  base  grew  over  17%  in  the  first  six  months  of  2015  to  354 
million. It took 10  years for  India  to  get her  first 10  million  users  and  another  10  years  to  clock 
the  first 100  million.  As  the  rate  picked  up,  the  next  100  million  users  came  in  three  years  and 
the  third  100  million  took  only  18  months.  Internet  users  crossed  300  million  in  December 
2013. India  was  expected  to  reach 402  million  internet  users  by  December  2015, registering  a 
growth  of  49  per  cent  over  2014  and  surpassing  the  number  of  users  in  the  United  States. 
About 306 million of these are expected to access Internet from their mobile devices. At around 
that time  the  number of  mobile  users  crossed  one  billion.  With  greater penetration,  improving 
speeds and cheaper devices hitting the market, the target to reach 500 million internet users is 
likely to be achieved by 2016.3 
17. The Department  of  Electronics  and  Information  Technology  (DeiTY),  Government  of 
India, is  of  the  opinion  that with  the  advent  of  the  Internet  of  Things  (IoT),  which  is  defined  as 
the  interplay of  software,  telecom  and electronic hardware  industry, the number  of  connected 
sensors will soon reach trillions, working with billions of intelligent systems involving numerous 
                                                           7 Economic Times articles dated 6th February, 2015, 3rd September, 2015 and 1st January, 2016; the Internet and 
Mobile Association of India (IAMAI)
15 | P a g e 
 
applications  which  will  drive  new  consumer  and  business  behaviour.  The  demand  for 
increasingly  intelligent  industry  solutions  based  on  IoT  will  drive  trillions  of  dollars  in 
opportunity  for  IT  industry  and  even  more  for  the  companies  that  take  advantage  of  the  IoT. 
The draft IoT  policy  of  DeiTY  has  set  an  objective  of creating  an  IoT  industry  in  India  of  USD 
15 billion  by  2020  assuming  that  India  would  have  a  share  of  5-6%  of  global  IoT  industry.8 The 
launch  of  the  Digital  India  Campaign  also  points  to  the  high  priority  the  Government  of  India 
accords to changes in the broadband infrastructure and favourable regulatory policy. 
18. A  report  by  Cisco  estimates  that  all  Internet  of  Everything  (IoE)  pillars - Internet  of 
things,  Internet  of  people,  Internet  of  data,  and  Internet  of  Process  for  India  have  a  value  at 
stake (VAS) of INR 31.880 trillion (about half a trillion U.S. dollars) for the next ten years.9 
19. Within  the  larger  universe  of  the  digital  economy, India's  e-commerce market  was 
estimated  to  be  worth  about  $3.8  billion  in  2009  which  went  up  to  $12.6  billion  in  2013.  In 
2013, the e-retail segment was worth US$ 2.3 billion. A large part of India's e-commerce market 
was travel  related,  but  that  may  be  changing  now.  According  to  Google  India,  there  were  35 
million online shoppers in India in 2014 Q1 and is expected to cross 100 million mark by end of 
year  2016.  Electronics  and  Apparel  are  the  biggest  categories  in  terms  of  sales.  Overall  the  e-
commerce market is expected to reach Rs 1,07,800 crores (US$24 billion) by the year 2015 with 
both online travel and e-tailing contributing equally.10 
20. A  research  conducted  by  octane.in  has revealed  interesting  insights regarding  the  state 
of online marketing in India. According to it, 85% of the Indian marketers are tracking revenues 
generated through e-marketing activities. 50% of respondents share that e-marketing activities 
are  contributing  to  more  than  10%  share  of  their  revenues.  It  also  reports  that social  media 
updates  was  the top  choice  for  achieving  maximum  customer  engagement  (46%)  followed  by 
email  campaigns  (28%). Social  Media  (66%) also topped  the  list  of  marketing  activities planned 
for 2016. Email marketing was not far behind, with a 53% share of Indian marketers.11  
21. These figures clearly indicate that digital means of communication and social interaction 
are giving rise to new businesses that did not exist very long ago. Many of these businesses that 
have  generated  only  in  last  two  decades,  occupy  considerable  share  of  market  segments,  and 
form  a  significant  part  of  the  economy  and  tax  base.  Their  growth  in  India  has  also  reached 
proportions that make them significant actors in Indian economy. 
 
                                                           8 The website of the Department of Electronics and Information Technology (DeiTY)  9Article “Opportunities for =ndia in the Digital Economy” by Shri V C Gopalratnam, C=O, Cisco, published in C=O 
Review 10 Wikipedia 11 2016 Annual Research Study on State of Online Marketing in India – Octane.in
16 | P a g e 
 
2.5 Committee’s observations 
22. In view of the aforesaid details and observations, as well as the details provided in the 
BEPS Report on Action 112, this Committee is of the view that this rapidly expanding segment 
of business that extensively relies upon the new advances in information and communication 
technology, the telecommunication networks and the internet, has now become a significant 
segment of  economy  around  the  world,  including  India.  The  Committee  notes  that  these 
developments  have made it  essential  that  its impact in  terms  of  the  applicability  of  existing 
tax  laws and  the  challenges  posed  by  it,  is  properly  appreciated,  understood  and taken  into 
account  in  the  tax  systems. The  Committee  is  also  of  the  view  that  these  challenges  need  to 
be addressed at the earliest, and also monitored on a regular basis. 
 
 
 
 
  
                                                           12 Chapter 3 Information and communication technology and its impact on the economy & Chapter 4 The digital 
economy, new business models and key features
17 | P a g e 
 
Section 3 
Tax Challenges from Digital Economy & Action 1 in BEPS 
 
3.1  Evolution of new Business Models in Digital Economy 
23. The advancements  in  the  Information  &  Communication  technology  in  the  last  few 
decades  have  literally  revolutionized  the human  society in ways  that  may  not have been 
envisaged  a  hundred  years  back.  The  extraordinary  reduction  in  communication  costs  and  the 
widespread  connectivity  at  a  small  fraction  of what it  used  to  cost  in  the  middle  of  the  last 
century has  changed  most  aspects  of  our  life,  including  the  way  modern  businesses  are 
conducted.  
24. Till  a  few  decades  back,  it  was  essential  for  businesses  aiming  to  supply  goods  and 
services  to  a  large  number  of  consumers to  be  in  proximity  to  the  market  where  they  wish  to 
have a significant presence, as otherwise the prohibitive costs of communication and transport, 
apart  from  other  potential  constraints,  would  make  it  impossible  for  them  to  access  such 
markets.  This  need  for  proximity made  it  essential  for  such  businesses  to  have  a  physical 
presence in proximity to the markets, even more so for the suppliers of services, in an era when 
services  were  provided  primary  in  the  form  of  human  intervention.  However,  with 
advancements  of  ICT,  it  is  now  possible for  the  businesses  to  have  significant  participation  in 
the  economic  life  of  a  jurisdiction  without  any  physical  presence,  as  the  digital  or 
telecommunication  networks become  a substitute  for  physical  proximity.  This  has  enabled  the 
evolution  of  new  business  models  that enable  them  to have  significant  participation  in a 
jurisdiction  without necessitating physical  presence. In  particular,  business  models  have 
emerged  that  can  be  conducted  primarily  by  exchange  or  transmission  of  data.  These  digital 
enterprises  have  already  acquired  significant  space  in  global  economy,  and  as  per  current  and 
anticipated  trends,  their  proportion  in  the  total  economy  will  continue  to  rise.  Due  to  their 
ability to cater to international markets at low transactions costs, many of these enterprises are 
already among the most valued enterprises globally. 
3.2  Impact of Taxation  
25. The  international  taxation  rules on  the  basis  of  which  taxing  rights  are  allocated  under 
Double  Taxation  Avoidance  Agreements  for  avoiding  double  taxation  are  largely  derived  from 
the  recommendations  made  by a  group  of  four  economists13 appointed  by  the League  of 
Nations in  the 1920s, long  before  such  new  technological  advancements were  even 
                                                           13 Professor Gijsbert Bruins, Professor Luigi Einaudi, Professor Edwin Seligman and Professor Sir Josiah Stamp
18 | P a g e 
 
conceptualized.  They  recommended division  of  rights  of  taxation  between  the  Country  of 
Residence  and  the  Country  of  Source while  recognizing  the  rights  of  both  to  levy  tax  on  such 
income. The existing rules that were developed as a consequence of their analysis, provide for a 
threshold  for  taxation  of  business  income  in  the  form  of  “permanent  establishment” largely 
conceived  as  a  physical  presence  of business  entity,  which  differentiate  businesses  having 
significant economic presence in a tax jurisdiction from those having an economic participation 
of  occasional  nature. The  permanent  establishment  based  threshold  thus  derives  its 
justification from the rationale that attempts at taxing a business that has a less than significant 
economic presence in a jurisdiction can lead to costs of compliance and administration that are 
unlikely to be commensurate with the revenues obtained by such taxation.  
26. While the  physical  presence threshold has  served  an  important  purpose  in  optimizing 
compliance  burdens  for  businesses  that  existed  and  were  prevalent  at  the  point  of  its 
conceptualization, its  relevance  stands  undermined  now  with  the emergence  of  digital 
enterprises,  creating  a need  to  modify  the  international  tax  rules  so  as  to  adopt  them  for  the 
new  business  models  of  digital  economy.  This  challenge  related  to  the  nexus  thresholds  in  the 
existing  rules  is  further  complemented  by  challenges relating  to characterization  of  certain 
incomes  that  arise  from digital  economy, challenges  in developing rules  for fairly attributing 
such  income, as  well  as  the challenges  in valuation  of contributions  made  by  users and data 
belonging to them in  the profitability  of  a  digital  enterprise in  multidimensional  business 
models. Thus,  the  emergence  and  evolution  of  new  business  models  in  the  digital  economy 
have given rise to substantial tax challenges that need to be addressed. 
3.3  Action 1 of BEPS Project: Address Tax Challenges of Digital Economy 
27. There have  been  growing  concerns  around  the  globe, raised  by  political  leaders,  media 
outlets  and  civil  society, about  the  exploits of  the  multinational  enterprises  avoiding  taxes  in 
the economies from where their profits are derived. These concerns led to the adoption of Base 
Erosion  &  Profit  Shifting  (BEPS)  Project  by  G-20  and  OECD  to  analyze  the  loopholes  in  the 
existing  international  taxation  rules  that  enable  the  multinational  enterprises  to  avoid  taxes. A 
BEPS  Action  Plan  detailing  the  activities  of  the  BEPS  project  was  published  in  July  2013. The 
need  for  undertaking  work  for  analyzing  the  tax  challenges  arising  from  digital  economy  were 
noted in the action plan of BEPS as under: 
“the spread  of the  digital  economy  also  poses  challenges  for  international taxation.  The 
digital  economy  is  characterised  by  an  unparalleled  reliance  on  intangible  assets,  the 
massive  use  of  data  (notably  personal  data),  the  widespread  adoption  of  multi-sided 
business  models  capturing  value  from  externalities  generated  by  free  products,  and  the 
difficulty  of  determining  the  jurisdiction  in  which  value  creation  occurs.  This  raises 
fundamental questions as to how enterprises in the digital economy add value and make
19 | P a g e 
 
their  profits,  and  how  the  digital  economy  relates  to  the  concepts  of source  and 
residence  or  the  characterisation  of  income  for  tax  purposes.  At  the  same  time,  the  fact 
that  new  ways  of  doing  business  may  result  in  a  relocation  of  core  business  functions 
and,  consequently,  a  different  distribution  of  taxing  rights  which  may  lead  to  low 
taxation  is  not  per  se  an  indicator  of  defects  in  the  existing  system.  It  is  important  to 
examine closely how enterprises of the digital economy add value and make their profits 
in  order  to  determine  whether  and  to  what  extent  it  may  be  necessary  to  adapt  the 
current  rules  in  order  to  take  into  account  the  specific  features  of  that  industry  and  to 
prevent BEPS.” 
28. The  Action  1  of  the  Base  Erosion  and  Profit  Shifting  (BEPS)  Project  of  G-20  and  OECD 
included  addressing  the tax  challenges  of the  digital  economy  as  the  first  of the fifteen actions 
that  were  planned  as  part  of  this  project.    The  following  action  was  planned  to  be  undertaken 
under this action: 
Action 1 – Address the tax challenges of the digital economy 
Identify the main difficulties that the digital economy poses for the application of existing 
international tax rules and develop detailed options to address these difficulties, taking a 
holistic approach and considering both direct and indirect taxation. Issues to be examined 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  ability  of  a  company  to  have  a  significant  digital 
presence  in  the  economy  of  another  country  without  being  liable  to  taxation  due  to  the 
lack of  nexus  under  current international rules, the attribution  of value  created  from the 
generation  of  marketable  location  relevant  data  through  the  use  of  digital  products  and 
services,  the  characterisation  of  income  derived  from  new  business  models,  the 
application of related source rules, and how to ensure the effective collection of VAT/GST 
with  respect  to  the  cross-border  supply  of  digital  goods  and  services.  Such  work  will 
require a thorough analysis of the various business models in this sector. 
29. The  BEPS  Action  Plan,  including  Action  1,  prepared  by  the  OECD  was  adopted  and 
endorsed  by  the  G-20  countries,  including  India,  in  the G-20  declaration  issued by  its  Leaders 
after their meeting in St. Petersburg on 5-6th September, 2013. 
30. For  implementing Action  1, the  “Task  Force  on  the  Digital  Economy”  (TFDE)  was 
established  in  September,  2013,  with  representatives  of  OECD,  G-20  and  other  countries 
associated in the BEPS project. The mandate of the Task Force was to undertake work on Action 
1 and  submit  a  report  on  the  same.    As  part  of  its  work,  the  Task  Force  also  held  public 
consultations  with  the  stakeholders  including  industry  (both  digital  as  well as brick  &  mortar 
industry),  academicians  and non  governmental  representatives.  The  report  of  the  Task Force 
was finalized by September, 2014, wherein it analyzed in detail, the new business models which 
have come into existence as a result of advances in information and communication technology 
and  the  expansion  of digital  and  telecommunication networks  around  the  world.    This  report
20 | P a g e 
 
concluded  that  important  issues  related  to  nexus, characterization  and  data  have  arisen  in  the 
wake of development of digital economy that need to be examined further.  
31. Further  work  on  these  issues  was  subsequently  carried  out  by  the  task  force  and  its 
focus  groups,  in  consultations  with  renowned  academicians  and  experts  who  have  been 
working on this subject, while also seeking feedback from industry and other stakeholders from 
time to time.  As a part of this work, the Task Force further detailed the broader tax challenges 
that have come into existence, including contributions made by the users and the value of data 
belonging  to  them, which contribute  to profits of digital  enterprises  in  multidimensional 
business models.    In  view  of  these  challenges  and  the  need  to  find  solutions to  address  them, 
the Task Force identified and analyzed in great detail, the potential options that can be adopted 
to address these challenges.   
32. The Final Report on Action 1 was finalized by the Task Force in September, 2015 and has 
since  been  endorsed  by  the  G-20  as  well  as  the  OECD.  The  Report  provides  an  internationally 
accepted recognition of  the  broader tax challenges  arising  from  digital  enterprises,  their 
unprecedented  business  models  including  multi-dimensional  businesses,  mobility  of  these 
enterprises,  their  ability  to relatively  easily  avoid  taxes  in  jurisdictions  that  significantly 
contribute  to  their  profitability,  and  the  challenges  and  difficulties  that  arise  in  the  application 
of currently practiced international taxation rules in their case.  
33. The  Executive  Summary  of  the  Report  describes  the  contents  of  the  report  in  the 
following manner:  
“This  final  report  first  provides  an  overview  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  taxation, 
focusing  on  the  difference  between  direct  and  indirect  taxes  and  the  concepts  that 
underlie  them  as  well  as  double  tax  treaties  (Chapter 2).  It  then  examines  the  evolution 
over  time  of  information  and  communication  technology  (ICT),  including  emerging  and 
possible  future  developments  (Chapter 3)  and  discusses  the  spread  and  impact  of  ICT 
across  the  economy,  providing  examples  of  new  business  models  and  identifying  the  key 
features of the digital economy (Chapter 4). It then provides a detailed description of the 
core  elements  of  BEPS  strategies  in  the  digital  economy  (Chapter 5)  and  discusses  how 
they  will  be  addressed  by  the  measures  developed through  the  work  on the  BEPS  Action 
Plan  and  the  OECD  work on  indirect  taxation  (Chapter 6).  It  identifies  also the broader 
tax  challenges  raised  by  the  digital  economy  and  summarises  the  potential  options  to 
address  them  that  have  been  discussed  and  analysed  by  the  TFDE,  both  in  the  areas  of 
corporate income tax (Chapter 7) and of indirect tax (Chapter 8). Finally, it provides an 
evaluation of the broader direct and indirect tax challenges raised by the digital economy 
and  of  the  options  to  address  them  (Chapter  9),  taking  into  consideration  not  only  the 
impact on BEPS issues of the measures developed in the course of the BEPS Project, but 
also  the  economic  incidence  of  the  different  options  to  tackle these  broader  tax
21 | P a g e 
 
challenges.  The  conclusions  of  the  TFDE,  together  with  determination  of  the  next  steps, 
are included at the end of the report (Chapter 10)." 
34. This  Report,  the  first  of  its  kind,  and  a  result  of  a  two  year  effort  undertaken  by 
representatives  from  around  the  world,  with  contributions  of  experts  and  governmental 
representatives,  has  been  finalized  after  several  rounds  of  public  consultation  with 
stakeholders14 and taking their views and suggestions into account. This report, which has since 
been  adopted  and  endorsed  by  the  G-20  and  OECD  provides  a  detailed  overview  of  the  tax 
challenges  arising  from  digital  economy.  It  is a  first  of  its  kind  recognition  of  the  limitations  of 
the  existing  international  taxation  rules,  as  embodied in  the  Model  Tax  Conventions 
recommended by OECD and UN Committee of Experts, in respect of the digital enterprises that 
conduct their businesses in a manner that was not conceivable at the time the existing taxation 
rules  were  being  written  in  the  last  century. The Report  also  provides  a  broad  international 
consensus  on  what  can  be  done,  by  recognizing  the  possible  measures  that  can  be  considered 
or  undertaken  for  addressing  the  tax  challenges  arising  from  digital  economy.  The  Conclusions 
of  the  Report  do  not  recommend  any  measures  for  universal  adoption  at  this  stage,  but 
recognize the right of countries that may prefer to address these challenges by adopting any of 
the options in their domestic laws, or in their bilateral tax treaties. 
3.4  Committee’s Observations 
35. In  view  of  its  acceptance  by  G-20  and  the  OECD,  the  Committee  has  placed  extensive 
reliance on the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015) in its work. However, the Committee also took 
into account the Indian perspective, the work done in this field by other experts as well as its 
independent analysis in preparing this report. 
  
                                                           14 The stakeholders included representatives from industry, tax consultants, tax experts, academicians and non-
governmental organizations. The details of public consultations held by the Task Force are provided in paragraph 8, 
which is reproduced below for ease of reference: 
“Considering  the  importance  of  stakeholders’  input,  the OECD  issued  a  public  request  for  input 
on  22 November  2013.  Input  received  was  discussed  at  the  second  meeting  of  the  TFDE  on  2-
3 February  2014. The  TFDE discussed the  evolution and pervasiveness of the  digital economy  as 
well  as  the  key  features  of  the  digital  economy  and  tax  challenges  raised  by  them.  The  TFDE 
heard  presentations  from  delegates  outlining  possible  options  to  address  the  BEPS  and  tax 
challenges  of  the  digital  economy  and  agreed  on  the  importance  of  publishing  a  discussion  draft 
for public comments and input. The input received was discussed by the TFDE and contributed to 
the  finalisation of an interim  report,  which was published in September 2014. In accordance with 
the  interim  report, the  TFDE  continued  its  work  until  September  2015  in  order  to  (i)  ensure  that 
work  carried  out  in  other  areas  of  the  BEPS  Project  tackles  BEPS  issues  in  the  digital  economy, 
and  that  it  can  assess  the  outcomes  of  that  work;  and  (ii)  continue  the  work  on  the  broader  tax 
challenges related to nexus, data, and characterisation, so as to refine the technical details of the 
potential options and enable their evaluation in light of the outcomes of the BEPS project.”
22 | P a g e 
 
Section 4 
Issues related to Tax Neutrality between Domestic & Multi-
National Enterprises and their Implications 
 
4.1  Principles of Tax Policy & Tax Neutrality 
36. As  part  of  its  work, the Task  Force on Digital  Economy revisited  and  reviewed  the 
fundamental principle on tax policy. It recalled that these principles were the basis of discussion 
in the  1998  Ottawa  Ministerial  Conference,  and  have  been  deemed  appropriate  for  an 
evaluation  of  the  taxation  issues  related  to  e-commerce.  The  Task  Force  listed  these  principles 
as  neutrality, efficiency, certainty and  simplicity, effectiveness  and fairness, and  flexibility  in  its 
2014 Report15, paragraphs 27 to 30 of which are reproduced below for ease of reference: 
“1. Overarching Principles of Tax Policy  
27.  In  a  context  where  many  governments  have  to  cope  with  less  revenue,  increasing 
expenditures and resulting fiscal constraints, raising revenue remains the most important 
function  of  taxes,  which  serve  as  the  primary  means  for  financing  public  goods  such  as 
maintenance  of  law  and  order  and  public  infrastructure.  Assuming  a  certain  level  of 
revenue  that  needs  to  be  raised,  which  depends  on  the  broader  economic  and  fiscal 
policies of the country concerned, there are a number of broad tax policy considerations 
that  have  traditionally  guided  the  development  of  taxation  systems.  These  include 
neutrality,  efficiency,  certainty  and  simplicity,  effectiveness  and  fairness,  as  well  as 
flexibility.  In  the  context  of  work  leading  up  to  the  Report  on  the  Taxation  of  Electronic 
Commerce  (see  Annex  1  for  further  detail),  these  overarching  principles  were  the  basis 
for the 1998 Ottawa Ministerial Conference, and are since then referred to as the Ottawa 
Taxation  Framework  Conditions.  At  the  time,  these  principles  were  deemed  appropriate 
for an evaluation of the taxation issues related to e-commerce. Although most of the new 
business models identified in Section IV did not exist yet at the time, these principles, with 
modification, continue to be relevant in the digital economy, as discussed in Section VIII. 
In  addition  to  these  well-recognised  principles,  equity  is  an  important  consideration  for 
the design of tax policy.  
 Neutrality- taxation  should  seek  to  be  neutral  and  equitable  between  forms  of 
business activities. A neutral tax will contribute to efficiency by ensuring that optimal 
allocation  of  the  means  of  production  is  achieved.  A  distortion,  and  the 
corresponding  deadweight  loss,  will  occur  when  changes  in  price  trigger  different 
changes in supply and demand than would occur in the absence of tax. In this sense, 
neutrality  also  entails  that  the  tax  system  raises  revenue  while  minimizing 
                                                           15 The work under Action 1 was initially scheduled to be completed by September, 2014. Accordingly, the Task 
Force prepared its Report in September, 2014. In this report, it was decided to carry on follow-up work, which was 
undertaken after September, 2014 and led to the 2015 Report.
23 | P a g e 
 
discrimination in favour of, or against, any particular economic choice. This implies 
that  the  same  principles  of  taxation  should  apply  to  all  forms  of  business,  while 
addressing  specific  features  that  may  otherwise  undermine  an  equal  and  neutral 
application of those principles.  
 Efficiency- compliance  costs  to  business  and  administration  costs  for  governments 
should be minimised as far as possible.  
 Certainty and simplicity- tax rules should be clear and simple to understand, so that 
taxpayers know where they stand. A simple tax system makes it easier for individuals 
and  businesses  to  understand  their  obligations  and  entitlements.  As  a  result, 
businesses are more likely to make optimal decisions and respond to intended policy 
choices.  Complexity  also  favours  aggressive  tax  planning,  which  may  trigger 
deadweight losses for the economy.  
 Effectiveness  and  fairness- taxation  should  produce  the  right  amount  of  tax  at  the 
right  time,  while  avoiding  both  double  taxation  and  unintentional  non-taxation.  In 
addition,  the  potential  for evasion  and  avoidance  should  be  minimised.  Prior 
discussions  in  the  Technical  Advisory  Groups  considered  that  if  there  is  a  class  of 
taxpayers  that  are  technically  subject  to  a  tax,  but  are  never  required  to  pay  the  tax 
due to inability to enforce it, then the taxpaying public may view the tax as unfair and 
ineffective.  As  a  result,  the  practical  enforceability  of  tax  rules  is  an  important 
consideration  for  policy  makers.  In  addition,  because  it  influences  the  collectability 
and  the  administrability  of  taxes,  enforceability  is  crucial  to  ensure  efficiency  of  the 
tax system.  
 Flexibility- taxation  systems  should  be  flexible  and  dynamic  enough  to  ensure  they 
keep pace with technological and commercial developments. It is important that a tax 
system  is  dynamic  and  flexible  enough  to  meet  the  current  revenue  needs of 
governments while adapting to changing needs on an ongoing basis. This means that 
the  structural  features  of  the  system should  be  durable  in  a  changing  policy  context, 
yet flexible and dynamic enough to allow governments to respond as required to keep 
pace  with  technological  and  commercial  developments,  taking  into  account  that 
future developments will often be difficult to predict.  
28.  Equity  is  also  an  important  consideration  within  a  tax  policy  framework.  Equity  has 
two main elements; horizontal equity and vertical equity. Horizontal equity suggests that 
taxpayers in similar circumstances should bear a similar tax burden. Vertical equity is a 
normative  concept,  whose  definition  can  differ  from  one  user  to  another.  According  to 
some,  it  suggests  that  taxpayers in  better  circumstances  should  bear  a  larger  part  of the 
tax  burden  as  a  proportion  of  their  income.  In  practice,  the  interpretation  of  vertical 
equity  depends  on  the  extent  to  which  countries  want  to  diminish  income  variation  and 
whether it should be applied to income earned in a specific period or to lifetime income. 
Equity  is  traditionally  delivered  through  the  design  of  the  personal  tax  and  transfer 
systems.
24 | P a g e 
 
29.  Equity  may  also  refer  to  inter-nation  equity.  As  a  theory,  inter-nation  equity  is 
concerned  with  the  allocation  of  national  gain  and  loss  in  the  international  context  and 
aims  to  ensure  that  each  country  receives  an  equitable  share  of  tax  revenues  from  cross 
border  transactions  (OECD,  2001:  228).  The  tax  policy  principle  of  inter-nation equity 
has  been  an  important  consideration  in  the  debate  on  the  division  of  taxing  rights 
between  source  and  residence  countries.  At  the  time  of  the  Ottawa  work  on  the  taxation 
of  electronic  commerce,  this  important  concern  was  recognised  by  stating  that “any 
adaptation  of  the  existing  international  taxation  principles  should  be  structured  to 
maintain  fiscal  sovereignty  of  countries,  [and]  to  achieve  a  fair  sharing  of  the  tax  base 
from electronic commerce between countries…”.(OECD, 2001: 228)  
30. Tax policy choices often reflect decisions by policy makers on the relative importance 
of  each  of  these  principles  and  will  also  reflect  wider  economic  and  social  policy 
considerations outside the field of tax.” 
4.2  Tax Neutrality: An Important Concern 
37. Among these, the issue of tax neutrality, which was listed as the first of these principles 
in the report, was considered in detail during the work by the Task Force.16 The principle of tax 
neutrality  provides  that  tax  should  seek  to be neutral  and  equitable  between various forms of 
business  activities.  When  tax  neutrality  is  violated,  the  unfair  tax  advantage  enjoyed  by  some 
market enterprises can distort the market economy and the dead weight loss arising from it can 
adversely  impact  market  efficiency.    The  Task Force  noted  that  a  neutral  tax  contributes to 
market efficiency by ensuring optimal allocation of resources in the market.  
38. In the context of digital economy, tax neutrality has emerged as a major concern. While 
a purely domestic enterprise is taxed at the marginal tax rate under the domestic laws, a multi- 
national enterprise may not be taxable at all in the country of source due to the ability of digital 
enterprises to conduct their business through digital and telecommunication networks without 
requiring  any  physical  presence in  the  country  of  source.  As  the  existing  international  taxation 
rules  in  the  treaties  require  the  presence  of permanent  establishment based  on  physical 
presence,  the  multinational  enterprises  conducting  digital  businesses  in  the  same  way  as  their 
domestic  competitors  would  not  be  taxed  on  the  income  derived  by  them  from  the  source 
country.  The multinational digital enterprises are characterized  by  high  mobility, can easily 
locate in low  tax  jurisdictions  and  thereby  minimize their  global  tax  liability, resulting  in 
significant tax advantages over their domestic competitors. 
 
                                                           16 These observations were retained in a summarised form in the 2015 Report in paragraph 6 and Box 1.1 of that 
Report.
25 | P a g e 
 
4.3  Committee’s Observations 
39. Taking the  aforesaid  issues  related to  tax neutrality into  account,  the  Committee  is  of 
the  view  that  the  asymmetry  in  tax burden  faced  by  purely  domestic  and  multi-national 
enterprises  can  have  distortionary  impact  on  the market  competition and can  adversely 
affect  the  development  of  purely  domestic  enterprises.  The  clear  tax  advantage  faced  by 
foreign  enterprises  over  their Indian  counterparts also creates strong incentives for Indian 
enterprises  to either  locate  themselves  in  a  low  tax  jurisdiction outside  India  or  sell  their 
businesses  to  such  an  enterprise.  Thus,  distortionary  taxation  arising  from  the  limitations  of 
existing international taxation rules and the lack of tax neutrality are likely to pose significant 
constraints  in  development of  Indian  digital  industry,  and thereby pose  significant  long  term 
challenges for this extremely important sector of economy. 
40. Another  important manifestation  of  lack  of  tax  neutrality  and  its  implications is  the 
difference  between  the  tax  burden  faced  by  the  traditional brick  and mortar  businesses and 
digital  enterprises  competing  with  them. The traditional  brick  and  mortar  businesses are 
likely to be taxable fully on their business income arising in source jurisdictions, such as India, 
either  as  a  tax  resident,  or  as  the  permanent  establishment  of  a  foreign  company, and  thus 
face  a  much  higher  tax  burden  on  their  profits  than  their  multinational  counterparts 
conducting  their  businesses  by  digital  means. This  lack  of  tax  neutrality between  digital 
enterprise  and traditional enterprises can  distort  the  market in  favor  of  the  former and 
thereby disrupt the existing market equilibriums. 
41. These violations of tax neutrality can result in significant impacts on the economy. The 
tax  advantage  faced  by multinational digital  enterprises can adversely  impact the growth  of 
digital  industry  in  India  and profitability  and  expansion  of traditional brick  and mortar 
businesses in  India.  The long  term  impact of these  distortions  can  be  adverse  to  Indian 
businesses in general and Indian brick and mortar enterprises in particular, and in addition to 
the  adverse  impact  on the  economy,  can  also  lead  to fiscal  constraints  for Government  of 
India.  These fiscal shortfalls may  need  to  be  compensated  by  additional  tax  burden  on local 
tax residents, which may  further  erode  their  competitiveness,  thereby  creating  a  vicious 
downward cycle.
26 | P a g e 
 
Section 5 
Principles for Allocating Taxing Rights, Factors that contribute 
to Profitability & Historical Review of Existing Rules  
 
 
42. While  endorsing  the  BEPS Action plan,  the  G-20  Declaration  also  emphasized  the  need 
to  ensure  that  profits  are  taxed  where  economic  activities  deriving  the  profits  are  performed 
and their value is created. The profitability of a business is dependent upon the supply of goods 
or services to those wishing to pay for it. The primary economic activities that lead to profits of 
any business are production and sale.  
5.1 Factors that contribute to profits of an Enterprise & Role of Public Resources 
and Taxation 
43. The  economic  theory  makes  its  obvious  that  the  price  of  the  goods  and  services that  it 
can seek from the buyers, the volume of its sales, and costs that it incurs for production are the 
primary determinants of its profits. The market price as well the volume of sales, in turn, results 
from the  interaction  of demand  and  supply within  a  market,  and  are  contributed by factors  on 
both  demand side  and  supply  side.  The  supply  side  factors  are  related to  production and 
marketing, whereas the primary demand  side  factor  that  influences the price  of a  good  or 
service  and the  profitability of  the  enterprise  supplying  them,  is  the  paying  capacity  of 
consumers.   
44. The  paying  capacity of consumers is  a  function  of  the  state of that  economy,  including 
availability  of  public  goods,  law  and  order,  market  facilitation,  infrastructure  as  well  as 
redistribution  of  resources  (subsidies)  to  the consumers  directly  or  indirectly,  using  public 
resources.  The  profits  arise  only  when  an  economic  good  produced  by  supplier  is  paid for by  a 
consumer during the sale transaction. The performance of sale, thus has two limbs – the buyer 
and  the  seller  and  their  interaction  leads  to creation  of  value  and  profits.  By  stabilizing, 
promoting,  preserving  and  augmenting  the paying  capacity of  the  consumers,  the  Government 
and  the  public  resources  belonging  to  that  economy  play  a  vital  role  in  contributing  to  the 
profits generated by enterprises having a significant economic presence in that jurisdiction, and 
the resultant value of the enterprise.
27 | P a g e 
 
This also serves as the primary justification for collection of taxes by that jurisdiction on profits 
and income earned by any enterprise having a significant economic presence therein.17 
45. Similarly,  factors  that  contribute  on  the  supply  side  include  the  availability  of  economic 
stabilization, supply of public goods, law and order, market facilitation, infrastructure as well as 
subsidies provided to  enterprises  directly  or  indirectly. These factors  contribute  significantly  to 
the ability of the enterprise to produce at competitive prices, and their provisioning from public 
resources  provides  a  justification  for  the  jurisdiction in  which supply  side  activities  are  carried 
out by an enterprise to impose a tax on its profits or income.  
46. In case of purely domestic enterprise, the demand side factors as well as the supply side 
factors are contributed by the same jurisdiction, which also levies taxes on it. However, in case 
of  a  multi-national  enterprise,  producing  and  selling  in  different  jurisdictions,  the  contribution 
of  demand  and  supply  side  factors  to  its  profitability  are  made  from  the  public  resources  of 
different  tax  jurisdictions, both  of  which  can  claim  justification  for  taxing  it.  The  possibility  of 
resultant  double  taxation  can  be  detrimental  to  the  enterprise  and  its  ability  to  carry  its 
business  across  borders.  Therein  lies  the  origin  of  Double  Taxation  Avoidance  Agreements, 
commonly  referred  to  as  “tax  treaties” that  evolved  in  the  last  century  keeping  in  view  the 
business models that were the focus on international trade and taxes at that point of time. 
5.2  Historical Overview of International Taxation Rules 
47. Action  I  Report  finalized  by  the  Task  Force  in  2015  provides a detailed historical 
overview of the conceptual basis for allocating tax and rights, wherein it recognizes two aspects 
to  a  state’s  sovereignty: the  power over  a  territory  (“enforcement  jurisdiction”)  and the power 
over  a  particular  set  of  subjects  (“political  allegiance”). It  reports  that relationship  to  a  person 
(i.e.  a  “personal  attachment”)  or  on  the  relationship  to  a  territory  (i.e.  a  “territorial 
                                                           17 A Special Report by Bloomberg BNA titled “Multistate Tax Report 2015 Survey of State Tax Departments, Vol 22, 
No. 4, reports that 31 of the states in the United States now resort to “significant economic presence” criteria for 
establishing tax nexus, instead of the ‘physical presence”, and thereby tax intangible digital goods and services 
provided through the digital or telecommunication networks. The introduction of the reports states as under: 
“To  avoid  potential  revenue  loss,  an  increasing  number  of  states  are  rejecting  the  bright-line 
physical  presence  test.  States  are  adjusting  to  the  new  economy  by taxing  out-of-state  businesses 
based  on  their  ‘‘economic  presence’’  within  their  borders.  They  are  also  adopting  new  rules 
aimed  at  taxing  out-of-state  companies’  receipts  from  services  and  intangibles  that  are 
attributable  to  in-state  customers.  …..For  example,  the  taxation  of  digital  products  and  services 
(software downloads, Web hosting, and Software as a Service transactions) has become a popular 
area  for  states  to  expand  beyond  the  taxation  of  tangible  personal  property  to  intangibles  and 
services as well.”
28 | P a g e 
 
attachment”) were  usually  adopted  as  the  basis  for  taxation.18 It  describes  the  significance  of 
source in such taxation in paragraph 26 as under: 
“26. With respect to the taxation of inbound investments of non-resident companies, both 
a  worldwide  tax  system  and  a  territorial  tax  system  impose  tax  on  income  arising  from 
domestic sources. Hence, the determination of source of the income is key. Sourcing rules 
vary  from  country  to  country.  With  respect  to  business  income,  the  concept  of  source 
under  domestic  law  often  parallels  the  concept  of  permanent  establishment (PE)  as 
defined  under  tax  treaties.  Such  income  is  typically  taxed  on  a  net  basis.  For  practical 
reasons  however,  it  may  be  difficult for  a  country to  tax  certain items  of  income  derived 
by  non-resident  corporations.  It  may  also  be  difficult  to  know  what  expenses  a  non-
resident incurred in earning such income. As a result, taxation at source of certain types 
of  income  (e.g. interest,  royalties,  dividends)  derived  by  non-resident  companies 
commonly occurs by means of withholding taxes at a gross rate. To allow for the fact that 
no  deductions  are  allowed,  gross-based  withholding  taxes  are  imposed  at  rates  that  are 
usually lower than standard corporate tax rates” 
48. The  existing tax  treaties have  their origins  in  the Model  of Bilateral  Tax  Treaty drafted 
in 1928 by the League of Nations, the details related to which are provided in paragraphs 28 to 
32, which are reproduced below for ease of reference.  
“2.3.2.1 A historical overview of the conceptual basis for allocating taxing rights 
 
28. As global trade increased in the early 20th century, and concerns around instances 
of  double  taxation  grew,  the  League  of  Nations  appointed  in  the  early  1920s  four 
economists  (Bruins  et  al.,  1923)  to  study  the  issue  of  double  taxation  from  a  theoretical 
and  scientific  perspective.  One  of  the  tasks  of  the  group  was  to  determine  whether  it  is 
possible  to  formulate  general  principles  as  the  basis  of  an  international  tax  framework 
capable  of  preventing  double  taxation,  including  in  relation  to  business  profits.2 In  this 
context the group identified the concept of economic allegiance as a basis to design such 
international  tax  framework.  Economic  allegiance  is  based  on  factors  aimed  at 
measuring  the  existence  and  extent  of  the  economic  relationships  between  a  particular 
state  and  the income  or  person  to  be  taxed.  The  four  economists  identified  four  factors 
comprising  economic  allegiance,  namely (i) origin  of  wealth  or  income, (ii) situs of 
wealth  or  income, (iii) enforcement  of  the  rights  to  wealth  or  income,  and (iv) place  of 
residence or domicile of the person entitled to dispose of the wealth or income. 
29. Among  those  factors, the  economists concluded  that  in  general, the  greatest  weight 
should be given to “the origin of the wealth [i.e. source] and the residence or domicile of 
the owner  who  consumes  the  wealth”.  The  origin  of  wealth  was  defined  for  these 
purposes  as  all  stages  involved  in  the  creation  of  wealth:  “the  original  physical 
appearance of the wealth, its subsequent physical adaptations, its transport, its direction 
and  its sale”.  In  other  words,  the  group  advocated that  tax jurisdiction should  generally 
be  allocated  between  the  state  of  source  and  the  state  of  residence  depending  on  the 
nature of the income in question. Under this approach, in simple situations where all (or 
a  majority  of)  factors  of  economic  allegiance  coincide,  jurisdiction  to  tax  would  go 
exclusively  with  the  state  where  the  relevant  elements  of  economic  allegiance  have  been 
characterised. In more complex situations in which conflicts between the relevant factors 
                                                           18 Paragraph 20 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015)
29 | P a g e 
 
of  economic  allegiance  arise,  jurisdiction  to  tax  would  be  shared  between  the  different 
states  on  the  basis  of  the  relative  economic  ties  the  taxpayer  and  his  income  have  with 
each of them. 
30. On  the  basis  of  this  premise,  the  group  considered  the  proper  place  of  taxation  for 
the  different  types  of  wealth  or  income.  Business  profits  were  not  treated  separately,  but 
considered under specific classes of undertakings covering activities nowadays generally 
categorised  as  “bricks  and  mortar”  businesses,  namely  “Mines  and  Oil  Wells”, 
“Industrial  Establishments”  or  “Factories”,  and  “Commercial  Establishments”.3 In 
respect  of  all  those  classes  of  activities,  the  group  came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  place 
where  income  was  produced  is  “of  preponderant  weight”  and  “in  an  ideal  division  a 
preponderant  share  should  be  assigned  to  the  place  of  origin”.  In  other  words,  in 
allocating jurisdiction to tax on business profits, greatest importance was attached to the 
nexus  between  business  income  and  the  various  physical  places  contributing  to  the 
production of the income. 
31. Many  of  the  report’s  conclusions  proved  to  be  controversial  and  were  not  entirely 
followed  in  double  tax  treaties.  In  particular,  the  economists’  preference  for  a  general 
exemption  in  the  source state  for  all  “income  going  abroad”  as  a  practical  method  of 
avoiding double taxation4 was explicitly rejected by the League of Nations, who chose as 
the  basic  structure  for  its  1928  Model  the  “classification  and  assignment  of  sources” 
method – i.e. attach  full  or  limited  source  taxation  to  certain  classes  of  income  and 
assign the right to tax other income exclusively to the state of residence. Nevertheless, the 
theoretical  background  enunciated  in  the  1923  Report  has  survived  remarkably  intact 
and  is  generally  considered  as  the  “intellectual  base”  (Ault,  1992:  567)  from  which  the 
various  League  of  Nations  models  (and  consequently  virtually  all  modern  bilateral  tax 
treaties) developed (Avi-Yonah, 1996). 
32. Before  endorsing  the  economic  allegiance  principle,  the  group  of  four  economists 
briefly  discussed  other  theories  of  taxation,  including  the  benefit  principle  (called  at  the 
time  the  “exchange  theory”),  and  observed  that  the  answers  formulated  by  this  doctrine 
had  to  a  large  extent  been  supplanted  by  the theory  of  ability  to  pay.  Several  authors 
consider that the decline of the benefit theory is undeniable as far as determination of the 
amount  of  tax  liability  is  concerned,  but  not  in  the  debate  on  taxing  jurisdiction  in  an 
international context (Vogel, 1988). Under the benefit theory, a jurisdiction’s right to tax 
rests  on  the  totality  of  benefits  and  state  services  provided  to  the  taxpayer  that  interacts 
with a country (Pinto, 2006), and corporations, in their capacity as agents integrated into 
the  economic  life  of  a  particular  country,  ought  to  contribute  to  that  country’s  public 
expenditures.  In  other  words,  the  benefit theory provides  that a  state  has the  right  to  tax 
resident and non-resident corporations who derive a benefit from the services it provides. 
These  benefits  can  be  specific  or  general  in  nature.  The  provision  of  education,  police, 
fire and defence protection are among the more obvious examples. But the state can also 
provide conducive and operational legal structures for the proper functioning of business, 
for  example  in  the  form  of  a  stable  legal  and  regulatory  environment,  the  protection  of 
intellectual  property  and  the  knowledge-based  capital  of  the  firm,  the  enforcement  of 
consumer protection laws, or well-developed transportation, telecommunication, utilities 
and other infrastructure (Pinto, 2006).”
30 | P a g e 
 
5.3  Permanent Establishment: Historical Overview 
49. It can be observed that the initial conceptualization of Permanent Establishment based 
on  physical  presence  was  undertaken  keeping  in  view  certain  industries  of  that  time  and  the 
business  models  employed  by  them,  such  as  mines,  oil  wells,  factories  and  commercial 
establishments.  These  industries,  part  of  the  brick  and  mortar  businesses,  were  based  on 
physical  presence,  and  based  on  their  analysis,  physical  presence  was  conceived  as  a  reliable 
threshold  indicative  of  the  intent  and  capacity  of  an  enterprise  of  having  a  significant 
participation  in  the  economic  life  of  an  economy. It  is  also  not  difficult  to  appreciate  that  the 
high  costs  of transportation  and  communication  at  that  point  of  time  ensured  that  most 
enterprises  intending  to  cater  to  the  needs  of  a  significant  market  would  usually  prefer  to 
locate  itself  in  close  proximity  to  the  markets  in  which  that  enterprise  intends  to  have  a 
significant  share,  in  which  case,  the  demand  side  as  well  as  supply  side  factors,  contributed  by 
public resources, arose in the jurisdiction where it was physically located, and aptly justified the 
allocation of taxing rights to that jurisdiction on the basis of physical presence.  The concept of 
permanent  establishment as  a  threshold  for  taxation  of  business  profits  in  the source 
jurisdiction is elaborated in paragraph 35 of the Report as under: 
“35. The  PE  concept  effectively  acts  as  a  threshold  which,  by measuring  the  level  of 
economic  presence  of  a  foreign  enterprise  in  a  given  State  through  objective  criteria, 
determines  the  circumstances  in  which  the  foreign  enterprise  can  be  considered 
sufficiently integrated into the economy of a state to justify taxation in that state (Holmes, 
2007;  Rohatgi,  2005).  A link  can  thus reasonably  be made  between  the  requirement  of a 
sufficient  level  of  economic  presence  under  the  existing  PE  threshold  and  the  economic 
allegiance  factors  developed  by  the  group  of  economists  more  than  80  years  ago.  This 
legacy  is  regularly  emphasised  in  literature  (Skaar,  1991),  as  well  as  reflected  in  the 
existing OECD Commentaries when it is stated that the PE threshold “has a long history 
and reflects the international consensus that, as a general rule, until an enterprise of one 
State has a permanent establishment in another State, it should not properly be regarded 
as  participating  in  the  economic  life  of  that  other  State  to  such  an  extent  that  the  other 
State  should  have  taxing  rights  on  its  profits”.5 By  requiring  a  sufficient  level  of 
economic  presence,  this  threshold  is  also  intended  to  ensure  that  a  source  country 
imposing  tax  has  enforcement  jurisdiction,  the  administrative  capability  to  enforce  its 
substantive jurisdiction rights over the non-resident enterprise.” 
5.4 Evolution of Permanent Establishment since its initial conception19 
50. The  concept  of  Permanent  Establishment  has  also  evolved  since  its  original 
conceptualization  in  the  last  century.  These  include  the  interpretational  expansion  in  the 
Commentary  on  OECD  Model  Tax  Convention,  of  the  phrase  “fixed  place  of  business”  that 
literally  means  a  business  that  is  completely  immobile,  to  include  businesses  having  a 
                                                           19 Paragraph 36 of the BEPS Report on Action 1(2015)
31 | P a g e 
 
commercial  and  geographical  coherence  within  a  particular  jurisdiction.20 The  scope  of 
permanent  establishment  has  also  evolved  beyond  the  physical  presence  to  include  “a  person 
acting on behalf of an enterprise and habitually exercising an authority to conclude contracts on 
its  behalf”21.  Further,  provision  of  services beyond  a  threshold  duration22,  construction 
activities beyond a threshold duration23, and collection of insurance premiums24 have now been 
recognized  as  alternative  thresholds  that  constitute  permanent  establishment,  without  the 
need  to  satisfy  the  “fixed  place  of  business”.  Each  of  these  developments can  be  seen  to  have 
resulted from the need of international taxation rules to adapt to the new business models that 
have evolved and  become  prevalent over time  in  international  commerce.  With  time,  the 
differences  in  preferences  and  willingness  of  different  economies  to  agree  with  such 
expansions,  arising  expectedly  from  their  own  fiscal  interests,  have  also  become  clearly 
documented in the form of parallel evolution of the OECD and the UN Model Tax Conventions, 
with  significant  differences  in  the  definition  of  permanent  establishment.  These  differences 
have become  more  contrasting  in  rules  on  attribution  of  profits  to  a  permanent 
establishment.25 In  the  light  of  these  developments,  it  becomes  clear  that  the  concept of 
permanent establishment based on physical presence would need to be updated in view of the 
new  business  models  characterizing  digital  economy  in  the  same  way  as  it  has  been  updated 
earlier  to  adapt  to  the  need  of  service  industries,  construction  industries  and  insurances. 
However,  the  persistence  of  differences  between  countries  preferring  source  based  taxation 
and  those  preferring  residence  based  taxing  rights26 also  indicates  that  such  expansion  will  be 
resisted by those who stand to lose, and may not be as easy to achieve as it might appear from 
an almost apparent need to do so. 
5.5  Tax on gross payments in the absence of a PE 
51. The  Model  Tax  Conventions  developed  by  the  OECD  and  UN  provide  for  certain 
categories  of  income  to  be  taxed  in  the  jurisdiction  in  which  they  arise  without  the  need  for 
satisfying  the  permanent  establishment  based  threshold.  These  have  been  elaborated  in 
paragraph 38 and 39 of the Report on Action 1 (2015) as under: 
                                                           20 Paragraph 5.3 and 5.4 of the OECD Commentary on Article 5 21 Paragraph 5 of Article 5 of OECD and UN Model Tax Conventions 22 Paragraph 3 (b) of Article 5 in the UN Model Tax Convention 23 Paragraph 3 of Article 5 of OECD and UN Model Tax Conventions 24 Paragraph 6 of Article 5 in the UN Model Tax Convention 25 The amendment of Article 7 of OECD Model Tax Convention in the last decade has not been accepted by many 
countries  like India, that prefer greater taxing rights for the source jurisdictions. 26 Economies that are net exporters of capital and technology may prefer greater allocation of taxing rights to the 
jurisdiction of which taxpayer is a resident; economies that are net importers of capital and technology may prefer 
greater allocation of taxing rights to the jurisdiction from where the payments arise.
32 | P a g e 
 
“38. By  virtue  of  separate  distributive  rules  which  take  priority  over  the  PE  rule,  some 
specific items  of  income  may  be taxed  in  the  source jurisdiction  even though none  of the 
alternative PE thresholds are met in that country. These include: 
• Income  derived  from  immovable  property  (and  capital  gains  derived  from the  sale 
thereof), which generally may be taxed by the country of source where the immovable 
property is located. 
• Business  profits  that  include  certain  types  of  payments  which,  depending  on  the 
treaty, may include dividends, interest, royalties or technical fees, on which the treaty 
allows the country of source to levy a limited withholding tax. 
39. In  the  case  of  outbound  payments  of  dividends,  interest,  and  royalties,  countries 
commonly  impose  tax  under  their  domestic  law  on  a  gross  basis  (i.e. not  reduced  by  the 
deduction  of  expenses)  by  means  of  a  withholding  tax.  Bilateral  tax  treaties  commonly 
specify  a  maximum  rate  at  which  the  source  state  may  impose  such  a  withholding  tax, 
with  the  residual  right  to  tax  belonging  to  the  state  of  residence.6 However,  where  the 
asset  giving  rise  to  such  types  of  income  is  effectively  connected  to  a  PE  of  the  non-
resident  enterprise  in  the  same  state,  the  rules  for  attribution  of  profits  to  a  PE  control 
(Article 10(4), 11(4) and 12(3) of the OECD Model Tax Convention).” 
52. These  exceptions  to  the  permanent  establishment  threshold  indicate  the  adaptation  of 
permanent  establishment  based  rule  of  taxing  income  to  the  needs  of  simplicity  and 
predictability, which are recognized as important principles in designing a tax.27 If the existence 
of  a  permanent  establishment  is  seen  as  an  evidence  of  significant  participation  of  an 
enterprise  in  the  economic  life  of  a  jurisdiction,  then  the  taxing  of  these  payments at  a 
concessional  rate  on  a  gross  basis  provides  a  simple  alternative  way  of  taxing  income  on  the 
basis of a simple presumptive thumb rule, without getting caught in the difficulties that arise in 
determining  the  existence  of  a  permanent  establishment  and  the  profits  that  may  be 
attributable  to  it.  The  simple  tax  rule  for  taxing  these  payments  also  suggests  an  alternate  to 
the complex methodology inherent in permanent establishment based taxation of income, and 
a way to avoid the potential disputes that can arise from its application. 
5.6  Committee’s Observations 
53. In view  of  the  extensive  analysis  of  these  aspects  provided  in  the  BEPS  Report  on 
Action  1  and  the  observations  made  above,  the  Committee  is  of  the  view  that  the physical 
presence  based  threshold  for  taxing  income  in the  economy from  where  the payments arise, 
was conceptualized in an era when it reasonably indicated the significant economic presence 
of  an  enterprise  in  the  economy  of  a  jurisdiction.  The  evolution  of the  definition  of 
permanent establishment, both in terms of its interpretation, as well as in terms of alternate 
conditions  that  give  rise  to  it,  is  an  evidence of the  adaptation  of  this  rule  to  the  evolving 
ways  in  which  business  conducts  itself.  It signifies the dynamic  evolution of  taxable  nexus 
                                                           27 Ottawa Taxation Framework, 1998
33 | P a g e 
 
with business  modes,  and justifies its further  evolution to the  needs  of  new  business  models 
of digital economy.  
54. At the same time, the lack of universal acceptance of a single definition of permanent 
establishment  rule  and  the  divergence  in  the preference  for  attribution  rules  indicates  a 
wedge between preferences of different countries that may not be easy to fill up. In this light, 
the  gross  taxation  of  payments  in  the  jurisdiction  where  they  arise,  at  a  concessional  rate  of 
tax,  offers  a  potential option that  has already been  relied in  tax  treaties as  an  alternative  to 
the  permanent  establishment  based  rule.  In  broad  terms,  both  these  alternatives  allocate 
taxing  rights  to  jurisdictions  that  contribute  to  the  profitability  of  an  enterprise  by  way  of 
demand or supply side factors provisioned by public resources belonging to that jurisdiction.
34 | P a g e 
 
Section 6  
Broader Tax Challenges related to Nexus and Characterization 
of Income from Digital Transactions and common Disputes  
 
6.1 Broader Tax Policy Challenges 
55. The primary tax challenges that arise from digital economy largely relate to the issues of 
nexus  and  characterization.28 The  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  (2015)  details  them  in  paragraphs 
376 to 380 as under: 
“10.3 Broader tax policy challenges raised by the digital economy 
376. The  digital  economy  also  raises  broader  tax  challenges  for  policy  makers. These 
challenges  relate  in  particular  to  nexus,  data,  and  characterisation  for  direct  tax 
purposes.  These  challenges  trigger  more  systemic  questions  about  the  ability  of  the 
current international tax framework to deal with the changes brought about by the digital 
economy and the business models that it makes possible and hence to ensure that profits 
are  taxed  in  the  jurisdiction  where  economic  activities  occur  and  where  value  is 
generated.  They  therefore  have  a  broad  impact  and  relate  primarily  to  the  allocation  of 
taxing  rights  among  different  jurisdictions.  These  challenges  also  raise  questions 
regarding the paradigm used to determine where economic activities are carried out and 
value is generated for tax purposes, which is based on an analysis of the functions, assets 
and  risks  of  the  enterprise  involved.  At  the  same  time,  when  these  challenges  create 
opportunities  for  achieving  double  non-taxation,  for  example  due  to  the  lack  of  nexus  in 
the market country under current rules coupled with lack of taxation in the jurisdiction of 
the income recipient and of that of the ultimate parent company, they also generate BEPS 
issues in the form of stateless income. In addition, in the area of indirect taxes, the digital 
economy raises policy challenges regarding the collection of VAT. 
377. The challenges related to nexus, data and characterisation overlap with each other 
to  a  certain  extent. Although  the  challenges  related  to  direct  tax  are  distinct  in  nature, 
they often overlap with each other. For example, the collection of data from users located 
in a jurisdiction may trigger questions regarding whether that activity should give rise to 
nexus with that jurisdiction and regarding how data should be treated for tax purposes. 
378. Evolving  ways  of  carrying  on  business  raise  questions  about  whether  current 
nexus rules continue to be appropriate. The continual increase in the potential of digital 
technologies and the reduced need in many cases for extensive physical presence in order 
to  carry  on  business  in  a  jurisdiction,  combined  with  the  increasing  role  of  network 
effects  generated  by  customer  interactions,  raise  questions  as  to  whether  rules  that  rely 
on  physical  presence  continue  to  be  appropriate.  The  number  of  firms  carrying  out 
business  transactions  over  the  Internet  has  increased  dramatically  over  the  last  decade. 
In 2014, B2C e-commerce sales were estimated to exceed USD 1.4 trillion, an increase of 
nearly  20%  from  2013.  According  to  estimates,  the  size  of  total worldwide  e-commerce, 
                                                           28 The third major issues recognized by the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015) is dealt with in Section 7 of this Report.
35 | P a g e 
 
when  global  B2B  and  consumer  transactions  are  added  together,  equalled  USD 16 
trillion in 2013. 
379. Increasing reliance on data collection and analysis, and the growing importance of 
multi-sided  business  models  raise  questions  about valuation  of  data,  nexus,  and  profit 
attribution,  as  well  as  characterisation. The  appropriate  allocation  of  taxable  income 
among  locations  in  which  economic  activities  take  place  and  value  is  created  may  not 
always  be  clear in  the  digital  economy,  particularly  in  cases  where  users  and  customers 
become an important component of the value chain, for example in relation to multi-sided 
business  models  and  the  sharing  economy.  The  growth  in  sophistication  of  information 
technologies  has  permitted  companies  in the  digital  economy  to  gather  and  use 
information  to  an  unprecedented  degree.  This  raises  the  issues  of  how  to  attribute  value 
created  from  the  generation  of  data  through  digital  products  and  services,  whether 
remote  collection  of  data  should  give  rise  to nexus  for  tax  purposes,  and  of  ownership 
and  how  to  characterise  for  tax  purposes  a  person  or  entity’s  supply  of  data  in  a 
transaction,  for  example,  as  a  free  supply  of  a  good,  as  a  barter  transaction,  or  some 
other way. 
380. The  development  of  new  business  models  raises  questions  regarding 
characterisation  of  income. The  development  of  new  digital  products  or  means  of 
delivering  services  creates uncertainties  in  relation to the proper characterisation  under 
current  rules  of  payments  made  in  the  context  of new  business  models,  particularly  in 
relation to cloud computing. Further, to the extent that 3D printing becomes increasingly 
prevalent,  it  may  raise  characterisation  questions  as  well,  as  direct  manufacturing  for 
delivery  could  effectively  evolve  into  licensing  of  designs  for  remote  printing  directly  by 
consumers.” 
6.2   Issues related to Nexus  
56. The issues in  respect  of nexus  relate  largely  to  the ability of digital  enterprises  to  carry 
on  their  business  in  a  particular  jurisdiction  and  have  a  significant  economic  presence  there, 
without crossing the threshold rules or criteria that are used for determining nexus between an 
enterprise  and  a  tax  jurisdiction  for  the  purpose  of  imposing  taxes.  These  issues  have  been 
analyzed  and  elaborated  in  detail  in  paragraphs  253  to  261  in  the  BEPS  Report  in  Action  1 
(2015), which are reproduced below for ease of reference: 
“7.3 Nexus and the ability to have a significant presence without 
being liable to tax 
253. Advances in digital technology have not changed the fundamental nature of the core 
activities  that  businesses  carry  out  as  part  of  a  business  model  to  generate  profits.  To 
generate income, businesses still need to source and acquire inputs, create or add value, 
and sell to customers. To support their sales activities, businesses have always needed to 
carry  out  activities  such  as  market  research,  marketing  and  advertising,  and  customer 
support.  Digital  technology  has,  however,  had  significant  impact  on  how  these  activities 
are  carried  out,  for  example  by  enhancing  the  ability  to  carry  out  activities  remotely, 
increasing  the  speed  at  which  information  can  be  processed,  analysed  and  utilised,  and, 
because  distance  forms  less  of  a  barrier  to  trade,  expanding  the  number  of  potential 
customers  that  can  be  targeted  and reached.  Digital  infrastructure  and  the  investments
36 | P a g e 
 
that  support  it  can  be  leveraged  today  in  many  businesses  to  access  far  more  customers 
than  before.  As  a  result, certain  processes  previously carried  out  by  local  personnel  can 
now be performed cross-border by automated equipment, changing the nature and scope 
of  activities  to  be  performed  by  staff.  Thus,  the  growth  of  a  customer  base  in  a  country 
does not always need the level of local infrastructure and personnel that would have been 
needed in a “pre-digital” age. 
254. This  increases  the  flexibility  of  businesses  to  choose  where  substantial  business 
activities  take  place,  or  to  move  existing  functions  to  a  new  location,  even  if  those 
locations  may  be  removed  both  from  the  ultimate  market  jurisdiction  and from  the 
jurisdictions  in  which  other  related  business  functions  may  take  place.  As  a  result,  it  is 
increasingly  possible  for  a  business’s  personnel,  IT  infrastructure  (e.g. servers),  and 
customers  each  to  be  spread  among  multiple  jurisdictions,  away  from the  market 
jurisdiction.  Advances  in  computing  power  have  also  meant  that  certain  functions, 
including  decision-making  capabilities,  can  now  be  carried  out  by  increasingly 
sophisticated  software programmes  and  algorithms. For  example,  contracts  can  in  some 
cases be automatically accepted by software programmes, so that no intervention of local 
staff  is  necessary.  As  discussed  below,  this  is  also  true  in  relation  to  functions  such  as 
data  collection,  which  can  be  done  automatically,  without  direct  intervention  of  the 
employees of the enterprise. 
255. Despite  this  increased  flexibility,  in  many  cases  large  multinational  enterprises 
(MNEs)  will  indeed  have  a  taxable  presence  in  the  country  where  their  customers  are 
located.  As  noted  in  Chapter 4,  there  are  often  compelling  reasons  for  businesses  to 
ensure  that  core  resources  are  placed  as  close  as  possible  to  key  markets.  This  may  be 
because  the  enterprise  wants  to  ensure  a  high  quality  of  service  and  have  a  direct 
relationship  with  key  clients.  It  may  also  be because  minimising  latency  is  essential  in 
certain  types  of  business,  or  because  in  certain  industries  regulatory  constraints  limit 
choices  about  where  to  locate  key  infrastructure,  capital,  and  personnel.  It  is  therefore 
important  not  to  overstate  the  issue  of  nexus.  Nevertheless,  the  fact  that  it  is  possible  to 
generate  a  large  quantity  of  sales  without  a  taxable  presence  should  not  be  understated 
either and it raises questions about whether the current rules continue to be appropriate 
in the digital economy. 
256. These  questions  relate  in  particular  to  the  definition  of  permanent  establishment 
(PE)  for  treaty  purposes,  and  the  related  profit  attribution  rules.  It  had  already  been 
recognised  in  the  past  that  the  concept  of  PE  referred  not  only  to  a  substantial  physical 
presence  in  the  country  concerned,  but  also to  situations  where the  non-resident  carried 
on business in the country concerned via a dependent agent (hence the rules contained in 
paragraphs 5  and  6  of  Article  5  of  the  OECD  Model).  As  nowadays it  is  possible  to  be 
heavily  involved  in  the  economic  life  of  another  country  without  having  a  fixed  place  of 
business  or  a  dependent  agent  therein,  concerns  are  raised  regarding  whether  the 
existing  definition  of  PE  remains  consistent  with  the  underlying principles  on  which  it 
was based. For example, the ability to conclude contracts remotely through technological 
means,  with  no  involvement  of  individual  employees  or  dependent  agents,  raises 
questions  about  whether  the  focus  of  the  existing  rules  on  conclusion  of  contracts  by 
persons other than agents of an independent status remains appropriate in all cases. 
257. These  concerns  are  exacerbated  in  some  instances  by  the  fact  that  in  certain 
business models, customers are more frequently entering into ongoing relationships with 
providers  of  services  that  extend  beyond  the  point  of  sale.  This  ongoing  interaction  with
37 | P a g e 
 
customers  generates  network  effects  that  can  increase  the  value  of  a  particular  business 
to other potential customers. For example, in the case of a retail business operated via a 
website  that  provides  a  platform  for  customers  to  review  and  tag  products,  the 
interactions  of  those  customers  with the  website  can  increase  the  value  of  the  website  to 
other customers, by enabling them to make more informed choices about products and to 
find products more relevant to their interests.  
258. Similarly,  users  of  a  participative  networked  platform  contribute  user-created 
content, with the result that the value of the platform to existing users is enhanced as new 
users  join  and  contribute.  In  most  cases,  the  users  are  not  directly  remunerated  for  the 
content  they  contribute,  although  the  business  may  monetise  that  content  via  advertising 
revenues  (as  described  in  relation  to  multi-sided  business  models  below),  subscription 
sales,  or  licensing  of  content  to  third  parties.  Alternatively,  the  value  generated  by  user 
contributions  may  be  reflected  in  the  value  of  business  itself,  which  is  monetised  via  the 
sale  price  when the  business  is  sold  by its  owners.  Concerns that  the  changing  nature  of 
customer  and  user  interaction  allows  greater  participation  in  the  economic  life  of 
countries  without  physical  presence  are  further  exacerbated  in  markets  in  which 
customer  choices  compounded  by  network  effects  have  resulted  in  a monopoly  or 
oligopoly. 
259. These  various  developments  must  be  understood  in  light  of  their  relationship  to 
more  traditional  ways  of  doing  business.  For  example,  while  having  a  market  in  a 
country  is  clearly  valuable  to  a  seller,  this  condition  by  itself has  not  created  a  taxing 
right  in  the  area  of  direct  taxation  to  this  point.  It  is  also  true  that  data  about  markets 
and  about  customers  has  always  been  a  source  of  value  for  businesses  as  illustrated  by 
phenomena  such  as  frequent  flyer  programs,  loyalty  programs,  the  creation  and  sale  of 
customer  lists,  and  marketing  surveys  (in  which  customers  participate  for  no 
remuneration),  to  name  a  few.  The  traditional  economy  also  benefited  from  “network” 
effects  in  ways  that  are  perhaps  less  obvious  than  the  network  effect  present  in  social 
networks.  Sellers  of  fax  machines,  for  example,  were  dependent  on  a  sufficiently  broad 
supplier  of  purchasers  in  order  to  ensure  that  their  product  had  value.  The  digital 
economy has, however, enabled access to markets with less reliance on physical presence 
than  in  the  past.  In  addition,  the  digital  economy  has  enabled  collection  and  analysis  of 
data  at  unprecedented  levels,  and  has  enhanced  the  impact  of  customer  and  user 
participation  in  the  market,  as  well  as  the  degree  of  network  effects.  It  has  been 
suggested  that  the  lower  marginal  costs  in  digital  businesses  coupled  with  increased 
network  effects  generated  by  higher  levels  of  user  participation  may  justify  a  change  in 
tax  policy.  See,  e.g.,  Crémer  (2015);  Pistone  and  Hongler  (2015).  In  considering  policy 
changes  to  reflect  customer  interactions  to  the  imposition  of  income  tax,  however, 
potential  impact  on  traditional  ways  of  doing  business  must  be  taken  into  account  in 
order to maintain coherence in cross border tax policy. In addition, consideration should 
be given both to solutions based on income tax and to solutions focused on indirect taxes. 
260. Another  specific  issue  raised  by  the  changing  ways  in  which  businesses  are 
conducted  is  whether  certain  activities  that  were  previously  considered  preparatory  or 
auxiliary  (and  hence  benefit  from  the  exceptions  to  the  definition  of  PE)  may  be 
increasingly  significant  components  of  businesses  in  the  digital  economy.  For  example, 
as  indicated  in  Chapter 6,  if  proximity  to  customers and  the  need  for  quick  delivery  to 
clients are key components of the business model of an online seller of physical products, 
the  maintenance  of  a  local  warehouse  could  constitute  a  core  activity  of  that  seller. 
Similarly, where the success of a high-frequency trading company depends so heavily on
38 | P a g e 
 
the  ability  to  be  faster  than  competitors  that  the  server  must  be  located  close  to  the 
relevant  exchange,  questions  may  be  raised  regarding  whether  the  automated  processes 
carried out by that server can be considered mere preparatory or auxiliary activities.  
261. Although it is true that tax treaties do not permit the taxation of business profits of a 
non-resident enterprise in the absence of a PE to which these profits are attributable, the 
issue of nexus goes beyond questions of PE under tax treaties. In fact, even in the absence 
of the limitations imposed by tax treaties, it appears that many jurisdictions would not in 
any  case  consider  this  nexus  to  exist  under  their  domestic  laws.  For  example,  many 
jurisdictions  would  not  tax  income  derived  by  a  non-resident  enterprise  from  remote 
sales  to  customers  located  in  that  jurisdiction  unless  the  enterprise  maintained  some 
degree  of  physical  presence  in  that  jurisdiction.  As  a  result,  the  issue  of  nexus  also 
relates to the domestic rules for the taxation of non-resident enterprises.” 
57. The  challenges  arising  from  the  digital  enterprises  to  conduct  their  businesses,  with 
business  models  that  did  not  exist  not  so  long  ago,  gives  rise  to  situations  where  they  derive 
significant  profits  from  a  tax  jurisdiction,  by  making  use  of  its  resources  and  people,  and  yet, 
can  claim  not  to  have  a  taxable  nexus  with  that  jurisdiction,  because  of  the  limitations  of  the 
nexus  rules  existing  in  Model  Tax  Conventions  and  tax  treaties  that  were  made  long  back  at  a 
time, when such business models were not conceivable. The challenges related to nexus make a 
strong case for changing the nexus rules that are based on a physical presence threshold today, 
to adopt them to ways in which modern businesses can conduct themselves. 
6.3 Issues related to Characterization 
58. Characterization  of  income  continues  to  remain  an  important  and  often  contentious 
aspect  in  the  taxation  of  income  arising  from  digital  enterprise.  The  importance  of 
characterization  issues  arises primarily  from  the  differences  in  the  threshold  for  taxation  of 
different types of income in the jurisdiction of source29, as well as the difference in the tax rates 
applicable  on  different  kind  of  incomes30.  Another  reason  that  makes  characterization  very 
important  is the lack  of  uniformity  in  the  interpretation  and  application  of  characterization 
rules  by  different  countries.  These  differences  often  relate  to  characterization  of  income  as 
“Royalty” or  “Fee  for  Technical  Services”.  =n  particular, payments  made  for  using  software or 
automated digital platforms consisting of software, or for services obtained by using a digital or 
mobile  network can often be a  bone  of  contention.  While  characterization issues can  arise  in 
case of any business, they become particularly important for digital enterprises, in view of their 
                                                           29 Under the UN Model Tax Convention and most tax treaties entered into by India, business income of an 
enterprise can be taxed in the jurisdiction from where the payments arise only if the enterprise has a permanent 
establishment. However, income characterized as royalty or fee for technical services would generally be taxable 
under the tax treaties entered into by India. 
30 Business income of a foreign enterprise is taxed in India at 40% of the net income, whereas the tax rate on 
royalty or fee for technical services is 10% of the gross amount.
39 | P a g e 
 
ability  to  carry  on  businesses  without  having  a  physical presence in  the  source  country  and 
consequently avoid paying taxes on their income derived from that jurisdiction.  
59. With  the rapid growth  of  digital  economy, and  in  the  wake  of  significant  revenue  and 
profits  being  earned  by  multinational  digital  enterprises  without  being  liable  to  pay  any  tax  in 
the  source  country,  there  have  been  attempts  by  tax  authorities  around  the  world, including 
India, to  tax  the  income  of  such  digital  enterprises  by arguing  that  their  virtual  presence 
through  a  website  or  through  digital  networks  amount  to  permanent  establishment,  or  by 
characterization  of  their  income  as  royalty  or  fee  for  technical  services.  Compared  to  the 
former,  the  treatment  of  payments  as  royalty  or  fee  for  technical  services  have  more often 
sustained the scrutiny of appellate authorities and hence, are resorted to more often by the tax 
authorities. 
Differences between OECD and UN Model Tax Convention 
60. The issues related to characterization of income as royalty have their origin in the strong 
differences  between  the  preferences  of developed  countries  that  are technology  exporting 
economies and developing economies, most of whom are technology importing ones. These get 
documented  as differences  between  the  OECD Model  Tax  Convention and the UN  Model Tax 
Conventions.  While  the  OECD Convention allocates  all  taxing rights  in  respect  of royalty  to  the 
jurisdiction where the taxpayer is a resident, the UN Convention provides for dividing the taxing 
rights  on  royalty  between  the jurisdictions of  source  and  residence.  This  difference  is  also 
reflected in the positions taken by countries regarding the scope of royalty and fee for technical 
services. Given the fact that OECD Model Tax Convention does not allocate any taxing rights to 
the jurisdiction from  payments  for  royalty  have  generated31,  it  becomes  questionable  as  to 
whether  the  OECD  Commentary  developed  with  the  intention  of  preventing  the  taxation  of 
royalty in the source jurisdiction, can be said to be applicable in a treaty where taxing rights are 
allocated to the source jurisdiction. This question of applicability of OECD Commentary on a tax 
treaty  having  Article  on royalty  that  is  not  based  on  OECD Convention, becomes  even  more 
important,  when  the  scope  of  royalty  is  narrowed  down  by a  future amendment  of  OECD 
Commentary,  particularly  where  one  of  the  Contracting  States  in a treaty  has clearly 
documented its position as being different from that of OECD.  
Work of OECD Technical Advisory Group & High Level Committee in India 
61. Given  the positions  of  India  on  the  OECD  Commentary  that  document  its  differences 
with the OECD on whether a payment for software or its use can constitute royalty, and the fact 
                                                           31 It may be interesting to note that not having Article 12 in the OECD Model Tax Convention would make no 
difference as then the royalty income would be taxable as business income under Article 7, which would be the 
case even in the presence of Article 12.
40 | P a g e 
 
that  most  Indian tax treaties  precede  the  OECD  interpretation  of  software  payments  that 
evolved  in the 21st century,  it becomes  clear that OECD  Commentary  on Article  12  interpreting 
payments  for  software  cannot  be  applied  unquestionably  for  interpreting  the  definition  of 
royalty  in  Indian  tax  treaties.  These  differences  have  also  led  to  differences  in  the  positions 
between OECD and India on characterization and taxation of e-commerce payments. 
62. The  need  for  examining  taxability  of  payments  made  for  using  software  was  first 
emphasized by  the  OECD  in  the mid-eighties, when  the  report  titled  “Software:  An  Emerging 
Industry”  was  prepared  for  its Committee  for  Information,  Computer  and  Communications 
Policy by an ad hoc group of experts from Member countries of OECD. Subsequently, the issues 
related  to  cross  border  taxation  of  royalty  income  from  software  were  dealt  in  a  report  titled 
“The  Tax  Treatment  of  Software”, which  was  adopted  by  the  OECD  Council  on  23  July,  1992. 
The texts suggested in Appendix 3 of the report were adopted as paragraph 12 to paragraph 17 
of  the  OECD  Commentary  on  Article  12  by  a  report  titled  “The  Revision  of  Model  Convention”, 
on  the  same  day,  i.e.  23  April,  1992. These  changes,  thus,  were based  on  the  views  obtained 
from  the  member  countries  of  OECD,  without  taking  into  account  the  views  of  countries 
outside  OECD,  including India. Thus,  from the  very outset,  the  views  being  developed by OECD 
regarding  taxation  of  royalty  from  software  are  only  governmental  views  of  the  member 
countries of OECD, and do not in any way represent the views of Government of India. 
63. Subsequently,  further  amendments  have  been  made  in  the  OECD  Commentary  on  29 
April,  2000  by  the  report  titled  “The  2000  Update  to  the  Model  Tax  Convention”  which  was 
adopted  by  the  OECD  Committee  on  Fiscal  Affairs  on  the  same  day.  Later,  a  number  of  new 
paragraphs were added on this topic on 28 January, 2003 by the report titled “The 2002 Update 
to  the  Model  Convention”,  which  was  based  on  another  report titled  “Treaty  Characterisation 
Issues  arising  from  E-Commerce”,  prepared  by  a  Technical  Advisory  Group (TAG),  commonly 
referred  as the  TAG Report, that was adopted  by  the  OECD  Council  on  23  July,  2002. The  TAG 
report  recommended  taking  a  very  narrow  application  of  the  term  royalty  in  respect  of 
payments  made  for  software  and  e  commerce  services  and  businesses,  which  can  be 
considered largely in accordance with the preference of OECD of not allocating taxing rights on 
royalty payments in the source jurisdiction. 
64. None  of  these  OECD  reports  (as  drafted  by  government  representatives  of  OECD 
member countries) ever took into account the views or the position of the Government of India 
in  respect  of  the tax  treaties already  entered  into  it,  or  its  views,  suggestions  or  concerns 
regarding the phrases or terms already existing in the various tax treaties entered into by India. 
Thus, the views of the Government representatives of member countries of OECD regarding the 
scope  of  royalty  from  software,  as  reflected in  the  OECD  Commentary  do  not necessarily 
represent  the  views  of  the  Government  of  India  in  this  regard,  neither  can  they  be  said  to
41 | P a g e 
 
reflect  the  intention  of  the  Government  of  India  while  using  any  phrase  or  term  in  the tax 
treaties entered into by ita with the Government of another country or specified territory. 
65. Immediately after the publication of tax report by the OECD, a High Powered Committee 
(HPC) was constituted by the Ministry of Finance in India to examine its recommendations. This 
Committee, which  included  tax  experts  from  both  within  and  outside  the  Government, 
comprehensively analysed the issues and aspects of e-commerce, and made recommendations 
that  were completely at  variance  with  the  conclusions  adopted  by  the  TAG  Report.  While  the 
TAG  Report  recommended  a  very  narrow  interpretation  of  Royalty  and  Fee  for  Technical 
Services  and  concluded  that  most  payments  arising  from  e-commerce  would  not  be  taxable  as 
Royalty  and  Fee for  Technical  Services, the  Indian  High Powered Committee  advocated  a much 
broader  interpretation  and  scope  of  these  terms  and  concluded  that  most  of  the  payments 
made  and  received  for  e-commerce would  constitute  royalty  and fee  for technical service  and 
would be taxable under the Indian tax treaties.  
66. The  differences  between  the  views  of  the  TAG  report  of  OECD  and  the  Indian High 
Powered Committee indicate the presence of a significant wedge between the position of India 
and  the  OECD,  which  has  persisted  since,  and  continues  to  remain  a  major  source  of  tax 
disputes.32 It would  be  even  more  important  to note  that  as  per Article  3  of  the  Model  Tax 
Conventions  on  definitions  of  the  terms  used  therein,  which  also finds  place in  most  Indian 
treaties, any  phrase  not  defined  in  the  treaty  itself  is  to  be  understood  as  meant  in  the 
domestic laws. As the definition of royalty33 refers to use of copyright, the meaning of the word 
‘copyright’  and  the  implications  of  that  term  need  to  be  obtained  from  the  =ndian  Copyrights 
Act, 1957 and the way it is interpreted under Indian laws. Indian positions on paragraphs in the 
OECD  Commentary related  to  application  of  Article  12  to  payments  made  for  software,  as 
documented  by  OECD  along  with  its  Commentary  also  makes  it  clear  that  it does  not 
completely accept the OECD guidance on this important characterization issue. 
67. BEPS Report  on  Action  1  acknowledges  that  for  several  categories  of  payments  in  the 
context of digital economy, characterization remains ambiguous and uncertain. Paragraphs 268 
to  272  of  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  describing  these  issues  in  detail  are  reproduced  below 
for ease of reference. 
                                                           32 OECD Commentary is prepared by a group of governmental representatives from the OECD countries, not 
including India, and position taken by it cannot have a binding effect on India or its tax authorities, particularly, 
when clear disagreements have been expressed by India on a view therein.  
33 Paragraph 3 of Article 12 of the UN Model Tax Convention defines “royalty” in following words….. “The term 
“royalties” as used in this Article means payments of any kind received as a consideration for the use of, or the right 
to use, any copyright of literary, artistic or scientific work including cinematograph films, or films or tapes used for 
radio or television broadcasting, any patent, trademark, design or model, plan, secret formula or process, or for the 
use of, or the right to use, industrial, commercial or scientific equipment or for information concerning industrial, 
commercial or scientific experience.”
42 | P a g e 
 
“7.5 Characterisation of income derived from new business models 
268. Products  and  services  can  be  provided  to  customers  in  new  ways  through  digital 
technology.  The  digital  economy  has  enabled  monetisation  in  new  ways,  as  discussed  in 
Chapters  3  and 4,  and this  raises  questions  regarding  both the  rationale  behind existing 
categorisations of income and consistency of treatment of similar types of transactions. 
269. Prior  work  by  the  Treaty  Characterisation  Technical  Advisory  Group  (TAG), 
discussed  further  in  Annex A  examined  many  characterisation  issues  related  to  e-
commerce.  Although  this  work  remains  relevant,  new  business  models  raise  new 
questions about how to characterise certain transactions and payments for domestic and 
tax  treaty  law  purposes.1 For  example,  although  the  TAG  considered  the  treatment  of 
application hosting, cloud computing has developed significantly since that work, and the 
character  of  payments  for  cloud  computing  is  not specifically  addressed  in  the  existing 
Commentary to the OECD Model Tax Convention. The question for tax treaty purposes is 
often whether such payments should be treated as royalties (particularly under treaties in 
which the definition  of  royalties  includes  payments for  rentals  of  commercial, industrial, 
or  scientific  equipment),  fees  for  technical  services  (under  treaties  that  contain  specific 
provisions  in  that  respect),  or  business  profits.  More  specifically,  questions  arise 
regarding  whether  infrastructure-as-a-service  transactions  should  be  treated  as  services 
(and hence payments characterised as business profits for treaty purposes), as rentals of 
space  on  the  cloud  service  provider’s  servers  by  others  (and  hence  be  characterised  as 
royalties  for  purposes  of  treaties  that  include  in  the  definition  of  royalties  payments  for 
rentals  of  commercial,  industrial,  or  scientific  equipment),  or  as  the  provision  of 
technical  services.  The  same  questions  arise  regarding  payments  for  software-as-a-
service or platform-as-a-service transactions. 
270. In  the  future,  development  and  increasing  use  of  3D  printing  may  also  raise 
character  questions.  For  example,  if  direct  manufacturing  for  delivery  evolves  into  a 
license  of  designs  for  remote  printing  directly  by  purchasers,  questions  may  arise  as  to 
whether  and  under  what  circumstances  payments  by  purchasers  may  be  classified  as 
royalties rather than as business profits, or may be treated as fees for technical services. 
271. Under  most  tax  treaties,  business  profits  would be  taxable  in  a  country  only  if 
attributable  to  a  PE  located  therein.  In  contrast,  certain  other  types  of  income,  such  as 
royalties, may be subject to withholding tax in the country of the payer, depending on the 
terms of any applicable treaty. Whether a transaction is characterised as business profits 
or  as  another  type  of  income,  therefore,  can  result  in  a  different  treatment  for  tax  treaty 
purposes.  There  is  therefore  a  need  to  clarify  the  application  of  existing  rules  to  some 
new business models. 
272. At  the  same  time,  when  considering  questions  regarding  the  characterisation  of 
income  derived  from  new  business  models  it  may  be  necessary  to  examine  the  rationale 
behind  existing  rules,  in  order  to  determine  whether  those  rules  produce  appropriate 
results in  the  digital  economy  and  whether  differences  in  treatment  of  substantially 
similar  transactions  are  justified  in  policy  terms.  In  this  respect,  further  clarity  may  be 
needed regarding the tax treaty characterisation of certain payments under new business 
models,  especially  cloud  computing  payments  (including  payments  for  infrastructure-as-
a-service,  software-as-a-service,  and  platform-as-a-service  transactions).  In  addition, 
issues  of  characterisation  have  broader  implications  for  the  allocation  of  taxing  rights 
for  direct  tax  purposes.  For  example,  if  a  new  type  of  business  is  able  to  interact 
extensively with customers in a market jurisdiction and generate business profits without
43 | P a g e 
 
physical  presence  that  would  rise  to  the  level  of  a  PE,  and  it  were  determined  that  the 
market  jurisdiction  should  be  able  to  tax  such  income  on  a  net  basis,  modifying  the  PE 
threshold  and  associated  profit  attribution  rules  could  permit  such  taxation.  Source 
taxation  could  also  be  ensured  by  creating  a  new  category  of  income  that  is  subject  to 
withholding tax. As a result, the issue of characterisation has significant implications for 
the issue of nexus.” 
68. Paragraph  380  of  the  2015  Report  aptly  summarises  the  challenges  related  to 
characterisation of income that emanate from digital economy, as under: 
“380. The  development  of  new  business  models  raises  questions  regarding 
characterisation  of  income. The  development  of  new  digital  products  or  means  of 
delivering  services  creates uncertainties  in  relation to the proper characterisation  under 
current  rules  of  payments  made  in  the  context  of  new  business  models,  particularly  in 
relation to cloud computing. Further, to the extent that 3D printing becomes increasingly 
prevalent,  it  may  raise  characterisation  questions  as  well,  as  direct  manufacturing  for 
delivery  could  effectively  evolve  into  licensing  of  designs  for  remote  printing  directly  by 
consumers.” 
6.4  Common Tax disputes related to Digital Economy 
69. Tax  disputes  related  to  taxation  of  income  arising  from  businesses  conducted primarily 
through  digital  and  telephonic  communication  networks,  have  been  reported  from  different 
countries. The commoner forms of these disputes are related to the existence or otherwise of a 
permanent  establishment  in  case  of  digital  or  e-commerce  enterprises.  The  other  category  of 
disputes relating to whether payments for digital goods or services constitute royalty or fee for 
technical  services,  are  expectedly  uncommon  in  developed  world  due  to  the  absence  of  taxing 
rights  allocation  to  source  jurisdiction  on  royalty  and  fee  for  technical  services  payments,  but 
are more likely to be faced by countries such as India, where the source jurisdiction is allocated 
such taxing rights in tax treaties. 
70. The  disputes or  questions related  to permanent  establishment have  been  observed 
frequently,  such  as  whether  installation  of  software  on  a  server  in  the  source  jurisdiction 
constitutes  a  permanent  establishment34; whether  business  conducted  through  a  software 
owned  by  an  enterprise  that  is  installed  on  a  server  not  owned  by  it  constituted  a  permanent 
establishment35; whether  websites  hosting  advertisements, payments  for  which  arose  from 
that  jurisdiction  constituted  a  permanent  establishment36; whether  a  foreign  enterprise  selling 
on  internet  directly  to  customers  in  a  jurisdiction  but  having  registered  there  as  a  business 
entity  and  having  an  agent there  to  handle  sourcing,  storage  etc.  has  a  permanent 
                                                           34 Western Union Financial Services Inc. v. ADIT [2007] 104 ITD 34 (ITAT Delhi) 35 Target Number 4890-13 dated 6.122013 (Supreme Court of Sweden) 36 ITO v. Right Florists Pvt. Ltd. [2013] 32 taxmann.com 99 (ITAT Kolkata)
44 | P a g e 
 
establishment37; whether a gaming company offering various kinds of games online constitutes 
a  permanent  establishment38; whether  sale  and  leasing  of  pictures  electronically  through  the 
internet constituted permanent establishment39; whether carrying on business activity through 
a  website  hosted  on  a  server  outside  the  source  jurisdiction  constituted  a  permanent 
establishment40 and whether business activities carried out through a website operated by local 
unrelated  individuals  constituted  a  permanent  establishment41.  The  fact  that  most  of  these 
questions were decided against the existence of permanent establishment is a testimony to the 
fact  that  significant  economic  activities  through  digital  or  telecommunication networks  can  be 
carried  today  without  giving  rise  to  the  existence  of  a  permanent  establishment,  an  apparent 
anomaly, that was the basis of the Action 1 of the BEPS Project. 
71. While most  disputes relating  to  whether new business  models  give rise to  a permanent 
establishment within  the  existing  rules  or  not, have  gone  in  favor  of  the  taxpayer,  there  have 
been  some  interesting  decisions  that  indicate  a  different view.  In  case  of  Dell  Products, 
Ireland42, the  Spanish  Central  Economic-Administrative  Court  held  that  the  selling  of  goods  in 
Spain  by  the  taxpayer  through  a  website  located  on  a  server  outside  Spain  created  a  ‘virtual 
permanent establishment’ that was sufficient tax nexus for its taxation in Spain.  
72. Another  interesting  developments  that  has  caught  the  attention  of  experts  is  a  recent 
Judgment  of  Delhi  High  Court43 in  a  non-tax  dispute,  wherein  it  held  that the  “availability  of 
transactions  through  the website  at  a  particular  place  is  virtually  the  same  thing  as  a  seller 
having shops in that place in the physical world”. Placing reliance on the principles laid down by 
the  Supreme  Court  in Dhodha  House  v.  S.  K.  Maingi  2006  (9)  SCC  41,  the  Court  observed  that 
the  condition  of  “carries  on  business  in  Delhi”  was  satisfied  since  appellant’s  customers  were 
located  in  Delhi,  accessed  the  website  in  Delhi,  communicated  their  acceptance to the  offer  of 
merchandise  advertised  on  the  website,  at  Delhi,  and  received the  merchandise  in  Delhi,  even 
though  the  server  for  the  appellant’s  website  was  not  located  in  Delhi. This  observation  of  the 
Court  may  have  greater  impact  on  the  applicability  of  “business  connection”  under  domestic 
laws  to  digital  enterprises,  than  “permanent  establishment”  under  the  tax  treaties,  but  more 
importantly,  it  indicates  signs  of  acknowledgement  by  the  judiciary  of  the  fact  that  digital 
enterprises  undertake  business  in  ways  that  were  not  conceived  when  the  existing  laws  were 
                                                           37 Case Number 6479-12 dated 16.9.2014 (Court of Appeal, Gothenburg) 38 SKM2011.828 SR (Tax Board, Denmark) 39 Case Number 68/2001 dated 15.8.2001 (Central Board of Taxation, Finland) 40 Ruling Number IP-PB3-423-891/08-4/PS dated 5.5.2008 (Ministry of Finance, Poland) 41 Tax Resolution Number 65/06 dated 13.3.2007 (Taxation Authority, Israel) 42 Resolution Number 00/2107/2007 dated 15.3.2012 (Central Economic Administrative Court, Spain) 43 World Wrestling Entertainment, Inc. (WWE) v. M/s Reshma Collection & Ors.FAO (OS) 506/2013 and CM Nos. 
17627/2013 and 18606/2013 decided on 15.10.2013
45 | P a g e 
 
made,  and  applying  those  laws  to  these  new  realities  of  digital  world  necessitates  a  flexible 
interpretation. 
73. An interesting observation related to interpretation of statutes with reference to digital 
economy has  been  made  in  a  recently  published  article44,  wherein  the author  has  referred  to 
the work  of  Francis  Bennion45 who  has  argued  in  favor  of  applying  the  “doctrine  of  updating 
construction”, which suggests that in construing an “ongoing Act”, the interpreter is to presume 
that Parliament intended the Act to be applied at any future time in such a way as to give effect 
to  the  true  original  intention  and  thus,  the  interpreter  is  to  make  allowances  for  any  relevant 
changes that have occurred since the Act’s passing, in law, in social conditions, technology, the 
meaning  of  words,  and  other  matters.  Applying  this  doctrine,  an  enactment  made  earlier,  may 
be read today in light of dynamic processing received over the years, with such modification of 
the  current  meaning  of  its  language  as  will  now  give effect  to  the  original  legislative  intention. 
Indeed,  the  decision  of  the  Spanish  Central  Economic-Administrative  Court  in  the  case  of  Dell 
Products  =reland  (supra)  and  the  Delhi  :igh  Court  interpreting  “carries  on  business  in  Delhi” 
implicitly  apply  this  doctrine,  which  has  reportedly  been  relied  upon  by  the  Supreme  Court  of 
India in some cases46. 
74. The  question  of  whether  the  “doctrine  of  updating  construction”  can  be  applied  on 
existing provisions of tax  treaties, does  not  seem  to have been  taken up as yet  in  a  tax  dispute 
in India or outside. However, in its essence, it would be the basis of, and necessary justification 
for  changes  that  are  made from  time  to  time in  Commentaries  on  OECD  and  UN  Model Tax 
Conventions with the aim and objective of modifying the interpretation of provisions existing in 
treaties  based  on  these  Models.  Holding  this  doctrine  inapplicable  would  mean  negating  the 
legitimacy of these changes, and accepting it may open the possibility of dynamic interpretation 
of  tax  treaties  that  may  allow  the  taxability of  digital  economy  to  be  covered  by  existing 
provisions.  Either  way,  such  an  application  has  the  potential  to  open  new  areas  of 
interpretational disputes, greater uncertainty and unpredictability. 
6.5  Committee’s Observations 
75. The Committee concludes that in view of the extensive work undertaken as part of the 
Action  1  of  BEPS  Project,  and  the  observations  made  in  the  Report,  it  is  now  internationally 
recognized  and  accepted  that  significant  tax  challenges  arise  from  the  difficulties  in  applying 
the  existing  international  taxation  rules,  as they  exist  in  our  tax  treaties today,  in  respect  of 
                                                           44 Ashish Karundia , Permanent Establishment: The Continuing Conundrum, 31.12.2015; ITAT Online , available at 
http://www.itatonline.org/articles_new/permanent-establishment-the-continuing-conundrum  45 Francis Bennion, Statutory Interpretation, Fifth edition, section 288 at pp. 889-890 46 State (Through CBI/New Delhi) v. S. J. Chaudhary (1996) 2 SCC 428 (Supreme Court, India) & CIT v. Podar Cement 
(P.) Ltd. [1997] 226 ITR 625 (Supreme Court, India)
46 | P a g e 
 
digital  economy.  The issues  related  to taxable nexus  between the  taxable  enterprise  and  the 
taxing  jurisdiction,  which  is  traditionally  based  on  physical  presence, is  not  appropriate  for 
determining taxable presence in respect of the business models of digital economy. Similarly, 
there  remains  considerable  ambiguity  regarding  the  characterization  of  income  arising  from 
transactions  involving  telecommunication  networks,  software  and  data  exchange. These 
disputes  on  characterization  of  payments  are  more  commonly  observed  in  countries  like 
India,  having  tax  treaties  that  allocate  taxing  rights  to  the  source  jurisdiction  in  respect  of 
royalty and fee for technical services.  
76. The continuing ambiguity related to nexus and characterization of the payments have 
the  potential  of  giving  rise  to  tax  disputes,  particularly  in  countries  like  India,  where  the  tax 
treaties  allocate  taxing  rights  to  the  source  jurisdiction47. If  the  underlying  difference  in  the 
position  of  OECD,  which  does  not  prefer  allocating  taxing  rights  to  source  jurisdiction  on 
royalty  and  fee  for  technical  services  payment  and developing countries  like  India,  which 
have  tax  treaties  providing  such  rights  to  source  jurisdictions  are  taken  as  an  indication,  it 
may  be  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  for  the  international  community  to  arrive  at  a  consensus 
on  these  issues,  anytime  soon. The  resultant  ambiguity,  uncertainty  and  unpredictability  can 
develop  as  a  significant  constraint  for  the  expansion  of  digital  economy  in  India.  This  makes 
an  important  case  for finding  a  solution to  all  these  issues,  in  the  form  of  a  simple,  clear  and 
predictable tax rule that unambiguously defines the tax liability of digital enterprises, thereby 
facilitating their business planning, reducing their tax risk and contingent liabilities, while also 
reducing compliance costs, disputes and administrative burden. 
 
 
  
                                                           47 Existing disputes till now relate more often to payments made in respect of online advertising, online advertising 
rights, software download for commercial exploitation etc. However, with expanding scope of digital economy, this 
list can potentially expand, and the tax disputes may also become more frequent.
47 | P a g e 
 
Section 7 
Issues related to Value of data & User Activity in 
Multidimensional Business Models 
 
 
7.1 Contribution of data to profitability of business 
77. The  Report  on  Action  1  (2015)  lists  “Reliance  on  data,  including  in  particular  the  use  of 
so-called  big  data” as  one  of  the  significant  characteristics  of  digital  economy.48 What 
distinguishes the  digital  economy  from  the  traditional  businesses  is its ability  to  gather  large 
amount  of  data  and  to  process  and  exploit  this  data  for  furthering  the  ends  of  business  and 
generating  more  value, particularly by tailoring product  offerings based on this data.  There  are 
various  methods  employed  by  digital  platforms  for  collection  of  remote  data.  This  may  range 
from  direct  online  surveys  seeking  specific  responses  from  users  to  indirect  methods  like 
analysis of user location and online behavior. Increasingly, most of this data is generated by the 
users  themselves,  and  used  by  enterprises  in  a  manner  that  significantly  contributes  to  the 
profits arising in their business models. These aspects have been examined in detail in the BEPS 
Report on Action 1.  
78. As  per  the  report,  big  data  is  created  when  the  scale  of  data  is  beyond  the  ordinary 
methods  of  collection  and  is  not  amenable  to  analysis  using  typical  database  management 
tools.  Value  is  created  because  companies  are  able  to  target  their advertisements  and  offer 
goods and services according to consumer preference after analyzing the data. The use of data 
for  improving  business  efficiency  is  not  unique  to  digital  economy,  but  what characterizes its 
use  in  digital  economy  is  the  massive  scale at  which this  is undertaken.   Multisided  business 
models  create  value  by  using  the  data  gathered  from  the  use  of  a  product  or  service  by  a  user 
as  an  input  either  in  improving  existing  products  and  services  or  in  providing  products  and 
services to another group of customers. These aspects are analyzed in detail in paragraphs 137, 
138 and 145 of the Report, as reproduced below: 
“137. Online advertising involves a number of players, including web publishers, who 
agree to integrate advertisements into their online content in exchange for compensation, 
advertisers,  who  produce  advertisements  to  be  displayed  in  the  web  publisher’s  content 
and  advertising  network  intermediaries,  who  connect  web  publishers  with  advertisers 
seeking to reach an online audience. Advertising network intermediaries include a range 
of  players,  including  search  engines,  media  companies,  and  technology  vendors.  These 
networks  are  supported  by  data  exchanges,  marketplaces  in  which  advertisers  bid  for 
access  to  data  about  customers  that  has been  collected  through  tracking  and  tracing  of 
                                                           48 Paragraph 151 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015)
48 | P a g e 
 
users’  online  activities.  These  data  can  be  analysed,  combined,  and  processed  by 
specialist data analysers into a user profile. 
138. In advertising-based business models, publishers of content are frequently willing to 
offer free or subsidised services to consumers in order to ensure a large enough audience 
to  attract  advertisers.  The  most  successful  advertising  companies  have  been  those  that 
combine a large user base with sophisticated algorithms to collect, analyse, and process 
user  data  in  order  to  allow  targeted  advertisements.  While  traditional  advertising 
involved  payment  for  display  of  ads  for  a  specified  period  of  time,  with  little  way  to 
monitor  visibility  or  user  response, online  advertising  has  given rise  to  a  number  of  new 
payment  calculation  methods,  including  cost-per-mille  (CPM),  in  which  advertisers  pay 
per  thousand  displays  of  their  message  to  users,  cost-per-click  (CPC),  in  which 
advertisers pay only when users click on their advertisements, and cost-per-action (CPA), 
in  which  advertisers  only  pay  when  a  specific  action  (such  as  a  purchase)  is  performed 
by a user.” 
“145. In  the  consumer  markets,  many  cloud  services  (e.g. email,  photo  storage,  and 
social  networks)  have  been  provided  free  of  charge,  with  revenue  generated  through 
advertising  or  the  sale  of  data  on  user  behaviour,  or  on  a  “freemium”  basis  in  which 
basic  services  are  provided  for  free  and  expanded  services  require  payment.  Other 
consumer  cloud  services,  such  as  web  hosting  or  hard  drive  backup,  are  sold  on  a 
monthly  subscription  basis.  In  B2B  markets,  cloud  services  are  most  typically  sold  by 
subscription, although “pay as you go” models are increasingly available.” 
7.2  Growing Significance of Data 
79. With better servers, greater computing power and the expanding internet of things, the 
volume  of  data and  its  significance  is  likely  to keep  on  increasing. BEPS  Report  on Action  1 
(2014) quotes  the  Data  Driven  Marketing  Institute  which  found  in  its  report  that  Data  Driven 
Marketing  Economy  (DDME)  added  USD  156  billion  to  the  US  economy  in  2012. This  data  can 
be  classified  three  ways.  Firstly,  collected  data,  whereby  data  entered  by  a  user  is  tracked; 
secondly, submitted data, i.e. data that is specifically entered by a user, e.g. on a search engine; 
thirdly,  inferred  data,  data that  is  compiled  via  pooling  together  various  strands  of  data from a 
variety of sources.49 
80. Websites  can  collect  an  extensive  personal  profile  of  users  within  a  short  span  of 
browsing  time.  Information  such  as  location,  specific  address,  name,  email  address  and  phone 
number is obtainable. Companies are also interested in knowing about specific shopping habits, 
and  which  keywords  are  used  to  find  their  site  and  whether  or  not  you  were  interested  in 
advertisements  on  their  pages.  Internet  tools  that  make  this  possible  are  IP  addresses,  Web 
browser  cookies,  e-tags  and  image  files  called  Web  beacons  or  Web  bugs.  A  particular  type 
of third-party  ad-serving  cookie,  monitors  the  web  browsing  of  users  to  show  them 
advertisements relating to their interests. 
                                                           49 Working paper on Digital economy  by Expert Group on Taxation of Digital Economy of the European 
Commission, March, 2014
49 | P a g e 
 
81. Social  networking  websites  gather  large  amounts  of  personal  information  about  users, 
including  ages,  friends  and  interests,  from  account  signing  up  forms  as  well  as  from  browsing 
habits on their sites. Some of it is collected without users being aware of it. Companies are thus 
able to gather data about the location of visitors, what sites users have visited, what they have 
shopped for, preferred modes of payment, etc. From this they can infer other personal details, 
such  as  their  income,  self-owned  or  rented  house  and  so  on. These  issues  find  mention  in 
paragraphs 165-166 of the 2015 Report, as under: 
“165. Data  can include both  personalised  data  and  data that  is  not  personalised,  and 
can  be  obtained  in  a  number  of  ways.  In  the  case  of  personal  data,  as  mentioned  in 
Chapter 3  (3.1.5  Use  of  data),  it  can  be  obtained  directly  from  customers  (for  example, 
when  registering  for  an  online  service),  observed  (for  example,  by  recording  Internet 
browsing  preferences,  location  data,  etc.),  or  inferred  based  on  analysis  in  combination 
with  other  data.  It  is  estimated  that  sources  such  as  online  or  mobile  financial 
transactions,  social  media  traffic,  and  GPS  co-ordinates  generate  in  excess  of  2.5 
exabytes  (billions  of  gigabytes)  of data  every  day  (World  Economic  Forum,  2012).  The 
dividing  line  between  personal  and  non-personal  data  is  not  always  clear;  however,  as 
data  obtained  from  multiple  private  and  public  sources  will  frequently  be  combined  in 
order  to  create  value.  A  recent  study  quantifies  the  value  of  the  Data-Driven  Marketing 
Economy  (DDME)  and  looks  at  the  revenues  generated  for  the  US  economy.  The  study 
found that the DDME added USD 156 billion in revenue to the United States economy in 
2012  and  notes  that  the  real  value  of data  is  in  its  application  and  exchange  across  the 
DDME (Data-Driven Marketing Institute, 2013). 
166. Although  the  use  of  data  to  improve  products  and  services  is  not  unique  to  the 
digital economy, the massive use of data has been facilitated by an increase in computing 
power and storage capacity and a decrease in data storage cost, as shown in Figures 4.9 
and  4.10,  which  has  greatly  increased  the  ability  to  collect,  store,  and  analyse  data  at  a 
greater  distance  and  in  greater  quantities  than  was  possible before.  The  capacity  to 
collect  and  analyse  data  is  rapidly  increasing  as  the  number  of  sensors  embedded  in 
devices  that  are  networked  to  computing  resources  increases.  For  example,  while 
traditional  data  collection  for  utility  companies  was  limited  to  yearly  measurement, 
coupled with random samplings throughout the year, smart metering could increase that 
measurement  rate  to  15  minute  samples,  a  35 000  time  increase  in  the  amount  of  data 
collected (OECD,  2013).  This  has  manifested  itself  in  particular  in  the  concept  of  “big 
data”,  meaning  datasets  large  enough  that  they  cannot  be  managed  or  analysed  using 
typical  database  management  tools.  Data  analytics,  defined  as  the  use  of  data  storage 
and  process  techniques  to  support  decisions,  are  becoming  a  driver  for  innovation  in  a 
number  of  scientific  areas  and  are  used  increasingly  in  collaborative  and  crowd-based 
projects.  In  this  regard,  a  text  search  performed  on  one  of  the  largest  repositories  of 
scientific  publications  shows  that  articles  related  to  data  mining  doubled  during  the  last 
decade, as shown in Figure 4.11. The value of the ability to obtain and analyse data, and 
big data in particular, is increasingly well documented by market observers.” 
82. Paragraph  168  of  the  Report  (2015),  that  refers  to  the  findings  of  the  McKinsey  Global 
Institute on  ways  in  which  data  can  create  value,  is also reproduced  below  for  ease  of 
reference:
50 | P a g e 
 
“168. The  McKinsey  Global  Institute  Report  notes  five  broad  ways  in  which 
leveraging big data can create value for businesses: 
i. Creating  transparency  by  making  data  more  easily  accessible  in  a  timely  manner  to 
stakeholders with the capacity to use the data. 
ii. Managing  performance  by  enabling  experimentation  to  analyse  variability  in 
performance and understand its root causes. 
iii. Segmenting populations to customise products and services. 
iv. Improve  decision  making  by  replacing  or  supporting  human  decision  making  with 
automated algorithms. 
v. Improve the development of new business models, products, and services.” 
7.3  Significance of User Data in Nexus and Value Creation 
83. Thus,  the  exploitation  of  user  generated  data  for  value  creation  and  use  of  multisided 
business models has been identified as one of the broader challenges of the digital economy by 
the  Report  on  Action  1, which  not  only  give  rise  to  BEPS  concerns  but  also  have  wider 
implications for jurisdictional allocation of taxes.  
84. As  a  result,  users  and  customers  become  an  important  part  of the  value creation  chain. 
The  logical  sequence  to  this  inference  is  whether  the  value  creation  achieved  in  this  manner 
should be  brought  to taxation  in the  locations from  where the  user data  is  generated.  Coupled 
intricately  with  this  question  would  be  queries  related  to  measurement  of  value  of  user 
generated data. Action 1 Report acknowledges that this raises fundamental questions such as:   
“whether  the  current  international  tax  framework  continues  to  be  appropriate  to  deal 
with  the  changes  brought  about  by  the  digital  economy  and  the  business  models  that  it 
makes  possible,  and also  relate  to  the  allocation  of  taxing  rights  between  source  and 
residence  jurisdictions.  These  challenges  also  raise  questions  regarding  the  paradigm 
used to  determine  where economic activities  are  carried  out  and  value is  created  for  tax 
purposes, which is based on an analysis of the functions performed, assets used and risks 
assumed.  At  the  same  time,  when  these  challenges  create  opportunities  for  achieving 
double  non-taxation,  for  example  due  to  the  lack  of  nexus  in  the  market  country  under 
current rules coupled with lack of taxation in the jurisdiction of the income recipient and 
of that of the ultimate parent company, they also generate BEPS issues.”.  
It goes on to say this: 
“The expanding role of data raises questions about whether current nexus rules continue 
to  be  appropriate  or  whether  any  profits  attributable  to  the  remote  gathering  of  data  by 
an  enterprise  should  be  taxable  in  the  State  from  which  the  data  is  gathered,  as  well  as 
questions  about  whether  data  is  being  appropriately  characterised and  valued  for  tax 
purposes…… If remote collection of data gives rise to nexus (or in the case of an existing 
taxable presence) what impact this would have on the application of transfer pricing and 
profit attribution principles, which in turn require an analysis of the functions performed, 
assets used and risks assumed.”
51 | P a g e 
 
85. While  companies  in  the  business  of  collection  and  analysis  of  data  have  evolved  means 
of valuing data (one such means being customer lifetime value, CLV), the valuation of data from 
a taxation  and  nexus  point  of  view  has  additional  challenges.  What has  been  clearly 
acknowledged now  is  that  user  generated  data  and  its  valuation,  should be  taken  into  account 
for deciding allocation rights to tax jurisdictions.    
7.4 Issues related to User activities and contribution 
 
86. Another unique feature of  many business  models  is  their  ability to  get  value  created by 
users  and  their  contributions.  Paragraphs 266-67  of  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  (2015) 
introduces these issues as under: 
 
“266. Additional challenges are presented by the increasing prominence in the digital 
economy  of  multi-sided  business  models.  A  key  feature  of  two-sided  business  models  is 
that  the  ability  of  a  company  to  attract  one  group  of  customers  often  depends  on  the 
company’s ability  to  attract  a  second  group  of  customers  or  users.  For  example,  a 
company may develop valuable services, which it offers to companies and individuals for 
free  or  at  a  price  below  the  cost  of  providing  the  service,  in  order  to  build  a  user  base 
and to collect data from those companies and individuals. This data can then be used by 
the  business  to  generate  revenues  by  selling  services  to  a  second  group  of  customers 
interested in the data itself or in access to the first group. For example, in the context of 
internet  advertising  data  collected  from  a  group  of  users  or  customers  can  be  used  to 
offer a second group of customers the opportunity to tailor advertisements based on those 
data.  Where  the  two  groups  of  customers  are  spread  among  multiple  countries, 
challenges  arise  regarding  the  issue  of  nexus  mentioned  above  and  in  determining  the 
appropriate  allocation  of  profits among  those countries.  Questions  may  also arise  about 
the  appropriate  characterisation  of  transactions  involving  data,  including  assessing  the 
extent  to  which  data  and  transactions  based  on  data  exchange  can  be  considered  free 
goods  or  barter  transactions,  and  how  they  should  be  treated  for  tax  and  accounting 
purposes.  However,  as  discussed  more  generally  above,  the  location  of  advertising 
customers and the location of users are frequently aligned in practice, such that the value 
of the  user  data  is  reflected  in the  advertising revenue  generated in  a  country.  The  scale 
of this challenge may, in addition, be mitigated by the fact that advertising will frequently 
require a local presence to attract advertisers. 
267. The  changing  relationship  of  businesses  with  users/customers  in  the  digital 
economy may raise other challenges as well. The current tax rules for allocating income 
among  different  parts  of  the  same  MNE  require  an  analysis  of  functions  performed, 
assets used, and risks assumed. This raises questions in relation to some digital economy 
business models where part of the value creation may lie in the contributions of users or 
customers in a jurisdiction. As noted above, the increased importance of users/customers 
therefore  relates  to  the  core  question  of  how  to  determine  where economic  activities  are 
carried out and value is created for income tax purposes.” 
87. The  role  of  ‘users’  who neither  charge  the  enterprise  for  their  contributions  (such  as 
personal  data,  content  created  by  them  or  network  benefits  brought  to  the  enterprise  from 
their presence), nor pay to the enterprise for accessing the digital / virtual platforms owned by
52 | P a g e 
 
it, pose  an  unprecedented  challenge  for  taxation  of  profits  contributed  by  their  contributions. 
These multi-dimensional business models can be viewed as a combination of two simultaneous 
transactions – for  instance,  a  multidimensional  business  model  of  online advertising  has  two 
limbs, one  between  the  enterprise  and  the  user  where  the  enterprise  provides  access  to  the 
users  in  lieu  of  their  contributions in  the  form  of  their  personal  data  and  content  created  by 
them, and the other between the enterprise and its customers, for services that involve display 
of  customized  advertisements  shown  to  the  users  based  on  their  personal  data  collected  from 
them.  In  such  a business  model,  one  limb  may  be  more  like  barter,  while  the  other  involves 
exchange of financial payments. User contributions in the form of data, content and networking 
benefits  act  as  a  substitute  for  services  that  an  enterprise  could  obtain  from  individuals  by 
paying them wages or contracted amounts, with the right to access and use the digital network 
substituting  for  salary  or  contract  payments. These  issues  have  been  analyzed  in  the  BEPS 
Report on Action 1 (2015) in paragraphs 258-259 as under: 
“258. Similarly,  users  of  a  participative  networked  platform  contribute  user-created 
content, with the result that the value of the platform to existing users is enhanced as new 
users  join  and  contribute.  In  most  cases,  the  users  are  not  directly  remunerated  for  the 
content  they  contribute,  although  the  business  may  monetise  that  content  via  advertising 
revenues (as  described  in  relation  to  multi-sided  business  models  below),  subscription 
sales,  or  licensing  of  content  to  third  parties.  Alternatively,  the  value  generated  by  user 
contributions  may  be  reflected  in  the  value  of  business  itself,  which  is  monetised  via  the 
sale  price  when the  business  is  sold  by its  owners.  Concerns  that  the  changing  nature  of 
customer  and  user  interaction  allows  greater  participation  in  the  economic  life  of 
countries  without  physical  presence  are  further  exacerbated  in  markets  in  which 
customer  choices  compounded  by  network  effects  have  resulted  in  a  monopoly  or 
oligopoly. 
259. These  various  developments  must  be  understood  in  light  of  their  relationship  to 
more  traditional  ways  of  doing  business.  For  example,  while  having  a  market  in  a 
country  is  clearly  valuable  to  a  seller,  this  condition  by  itself  has  not  created  a  taxing 
right  in  the  area  of  direct  taxation  to  this  point.  It  is  also  true  that  data  about  markets 
and  about  customers  has  always  been  a  source  of  value  for  businesses  as illustrated  by 
phenomena  such  as  frequent  flyer  programs,  loyalty  programs,  the  creation  and  sale  of 
customer  lists,  and  marketing  surveys  (in  which  customers  participate  for  no 
remuneration),  to  name  a  few.  The  traditional  economy  also  benefited  from  “network” 
effects  in  ways  that  are  perhaps  less  obvious  than  the  network  effect  present  in  social 
networks.  Sellers  of  fax  machines,  for  example,  were  dependent  on  a  sufficiently  broad 
supplier  of  purchasers  in  order  to  ensure  that  their  product  had  value.  The digital 
economy has, however, enabled access to markets with less reliance on physical presence 
than  in  the  past.  In  addition,  the  digital  economy  has  enabled  collection  and  analysis  of 
data  at  unprecedented  levels,  and  has  enhanced  the  impact  of  customer and  user 
participation  in  the  market,  as  well  as  the  degree  of  network  effects.  It  has  been 
suggested  that  the  lower  marginal  costs  in  digital  businesses  coupled  with  increased 
network  effects  generated  by  higher  levels  of  user  participation  may  justify  a change  in 
tax  policy.  See,  e.g.,  Crémer  (2015);  Pistone  and  Hongler  (2015).  In  considering  policy 
changes  to  reflect  customer  interactions  to  the  imposition  of  income  tax,  however, 
potential  impact  on  traditional  ways  of  doing  business  must  be  taken  into account  in
53 | P a g e 
 
order to maintain coherence in cross border tax policy. In addition, consideration should 
be given both to solutions based on income tax and to solutions focused on indirect taxes.” 
88. In  this  context,  the  questions  that  come  to  fore  are  the  extent  to  which  nexus  gets 
created  by  the  activities  of  users,  and  the  value  of  the  contributions  made  by  the  users  to  the 
profitability  of  the  enterprise.  Paragraph  280  of  the  Report  (2015)  concludes  that presence  of 
users and their contribution can be indicative of significant participation of an enterprise in the 
economic life of a tax jurisdiction, as under: 
“7.6.1.3 User-based factors 
280. Given  the  importance  of  network  effects  in  the  digital  economy,  the  user  base  and 
the associated data input may also be important indicators of a purposeful and sustained 
interaction with the economy of another country. A range of factors based on users could 
be used to reflect the level of participation in the economic life of a country, namely:  
 Monthly  active  users  (MAU). One  factor  reflecting  the  level  of  penetration  in  a 
country’s economy is the number of “monthly active users” (MAU) on the digital 
platform  that  are  habitually  resident  in  a  given  country  in  a  taxable  year.  The 
term  MAU  refers  to  registered  user  who logged  in  and  visited  a  company’s 
digital platform in the 30-day period ending on the date of measurement. A factor 
based on MAU presents the advantage of measuring the customer/user base in a 
given  country  both  in  terms  of  size  and  level  of  engagement.  Given  that  little 
material  is  publicly  available  on  the  process  of  defining  and  identifying  MAU, 
more  detailed  metrics  would  need  to  be  developed  in  consultation  with 
businesses  and  IT  experts  for  the  purpose  of  using  this  factor,  such  as  how  to 
identify a unique "user" or what level of engagement is required for a user to be 
considered  "active".  Reliability  and  veracity  of  the  information  would  also  need 
to  be  ensured,  to  address  fraudulent  accounts,  multiple  accounts,  false 
information volunteered by users, and “bot”-produced data, to name a few. 
 Data  collected. Another  factor  which  could  be  considered  to  reflect  an 
enterprise’s level of participation in the economic life of a country is the volume 
of  digital  content  collected  through  a  digital  platform  from users  and  customers 
habitually  resident  in  that  country  in  a  taxable  year.  The  focus  would  be  on  the 
origin of the data collected, irrespective of where that data is subsequently stored 
and  processed  (e.g.  data  warehouse).  The  range  of  data  captured  by  the 
threshold would not be confined to personal data, but would cover also, e.g. user 
created  content,  product  reviews,  and  search  histories.  This  core  element  could 
be  coupled  with  proportionality  tests,  such  as  whether  the  volume  of  digital 
content  collected  exceeds  a  percentage  of  the  enterprise’s  overall  stored  digital 
content. Information on data collected is increasingly available, reliable and up-
to-date,  especially  if  the  factor  is  focusing  on  data  collected  that  is  effectively 
stored  by  the  non-resident  enterprise  on  a  server.  At  the  same  time,  businesses 
may  not  necessarily  maintain  separate  and  comprehensive  track  records  of  the 
volume  of  data  collected  and  stored  on  a  country-by-country  basis.  In  addition, 
the  volume  of  data  collected  (and  stored) from  users  in  a  country  may  not 
necessarily  reflect  an  effective  contribution  to  the  profits  generated  by  the  non-
resident enterprise, as the value of raw data is rather uncertain and particularly 
volatile.”
54 | P a g e 
 
7.5 Committee’s Observations 
89. The  Committee, after  taking  cognizance  of  these observations  and  detailed  analysis 
provided in  the BEPS  Report  on  Action 1,  and  after  analyzing the role  and contribution  made 
by  the  users  by  way  of  data, content  creation  and  the  networking  benefits,  considers  that 
users are  a  significant indicator  of  both  nexus  and  creation  of  value  in  the  jurisdiction  of 
source. In the view of the Committee, the presence of users of a digital or telecommunication 
network  in  a  multi-dimensional  business  model signifies  value  creation  and economic 
participation in  that  tax  jurisdiction,  and  should  give  rise  to  the  threshold  nexus  for  taxing 
that enterprise in that jurisdiction, particularly, when such user contribution is relied upon for 
earning  income  from  that  jurisdiction. The  Committee, however,  notes  that  at  this  stage, 
quantifying  such value  creation  can  be  a  challenging  task,  and  therefore  considers  that  a 
simple tax rule that broadly covers such value or  a  significant  part  of  it, without  creating  the 
difficulties associated with quantification of such value, may be preferable.
55 | P a g e 
 
Section 8 
Recent International Literature on Taxation of Digital Economy 
Enterprise  
 
 
90. Taxation  of  digital  economy and  the  need  and  feasibility  of modifying  international 
taxation  rules  have  attracted  a  lot  of  attention recently,  leading  to  significant  and  very 
interesting academic  work  by  experts.   Some  of  these  experts were  requested  to share  their 
detailed  analysis  with  the  Task  Force  on  Digital  Economy  during  the  work  on Action 1  and  the 
influence of their work can be easily seen in its Report.  Most of such works revolve around the 
possible  ways  in  which  the  limitations  of  existing  nexus  rules  (physical  presence),  can  be 
addressed  by  either  extending  the  scope  of existing permanent  establishment definition  in 
Article  5  of  the Model  Tax  Conventions  and  tax treaties,  or by  a  way  of  a  final withholding  tax 
levied  on  payments  made  for  digital  business  transaction  without necessitating  them  to  the 
need  to  have  a permanent  establishment.   Some  of  these works  find  mention  in  the 
Bibliography  of  the  Report  on  Action  1.  This  Committee  took  cognizance  of  some  of  these 
papers and the views stated therein, which are summarized in this section. 
 
8.1 Blueprints for a New PE Nexus to Tax Business Income in the Era of the 
Digital Economy by Peter Hongler & Pasquale Pistone; IBFD Working Papers50 
 
91. This paper by two renowned authors51 put forth the need for a new criteria in the 
existing definition of the permanent establishment in the following words: 
“The core of the PE concept was gradually adapted over the past decades with a view to 
reflecting  more  closely  the  actual  part  of  business  operating  from  the  market  country. 
Accordingly,  it  was  first  deprived  of  the  force  of  attraction  principles and  then  more 
closely linked  to  the  actual  situations  in  which  the  fixed  place  of  business  was  in  fact 
directly involved in the business.  
The  PE  concept  continued  meeting  the  needs  of  the  economy  to  the  extent  that  the  latter 
remained  mostly  physical.  However,  it  slowly  turned  into  a  cage  for  the  exercise  of  the 
                                                           50 :ongler, Peter & Pistone, Pasquale, “Blueprints for a New PE Nexus to Tax Business Income in the Era of the 
Digital Economy”, =BFD Working Paper; 20 Hanuary 2015 
51 Peter Hongler is IBFD Postdoctoral Research Fellow; Lecturer at the Zurich University of Applied Sciences. (Email: 
p.hongler@ibfd.org); Pasquale Pistone is IBFD Academic Chairman; Jean-Monnet ad Personam Professor, WU 
Vienna University of Economics and Business; Associate Professor of Tax Law, University of Salerno; Professor 
Honoris Causa, Ural State Law University. (Email: p.pistone@ibfd.org)
56 | P a g e 
 
taxing  jurisdiction  of  the  market  country,  which  could  be  targeted  by  international  tax 
planning  aimed  at  confining  business  activities  of  non-residents  outside  the  PE 
framework.  Avoiding  a  taxable  presence  means,  for instance,  that  a  non-resident 
company  might  interact  with  customers  of  another  country  without  having  a  tax  nexus 
with the jurisdiction of such state, i.e. not forming a PE through a fixed place of business. 
The digital economy merely enhanced such inexorable process. 
There  are  potentially  various  ways  of  addressing  the  problems  of  taxation  of  business 
profits  of  non-resident  enterprises  caused  by  the  erosion  of  the  actual  boundaries  of  the 
PE concept. 
One  potential  solution  is  to  do  away  with  the  idea  of linking  business  profits  to  a  PE 
concept,  for  instance  by  strengthening  the  use  of  withholding  taxes.  The  merits  of  this 
solution can be manifold and include a simplification in the exercise of taxing powers on 
business income derived by non-residents, but also manifold are the additional problems 
this would bring. Furthermore, withholding taxes can be used as a kind of toll charge by 
the state of source in order to preserve the exercise of its jurisdiction on business income. 
As  we  all  know,  the  PE  concept currently  serves  various  significant  functions  in 
international tax law, such as those of being a nexus rule, a source rule, a threshold rule 
or a tool to secure net taxation of foreign enterprises, thus securing equal treatment with 
their  local  competitors  and  avoiding  trade  and  investment  distortions  whose  business 
profits  are  taxable  in  the  PE  state.  Such  elements  show  that  the  path  towards  the 
implementation  of  such  solution  should  also  address  a  much  broader  change  than  that 
which  is  strictly  needed  to  allow  an  effective  and  balanced  taxation  of  business  income 
derived  by  non-resident  enterprises.  The  use  of  withholding  taxes  is  not  per  se 
incompatible with the PE concept,7 but the analysis of such issues falls outside the scope 
of  this  paper.8  Besides,  and  as  also  argued  in  detail  by  Baez  and  Brauner,9  the  IBFD 
academic taskforce views the new PE nexus as the superior solution to the introduction of 
new withholding taxes. 
Another option is to restrict the scope of the PE limitation to source taxation of business 
income  in  tax  treaties;  for  instance,  by  including  an  additional  provision  on  taxation  of 
services based on the model that India consistently follows in its tax treaties. Besides the 
merits  that  such  position  may  have  in  the  framework  of  a  policy  that  strengthens  the 
taxing  rights  of  the  state  of  source,  it  is  undeniable  that  adding  one  more  treaty  article 
will  increase  the  potential  for  disputes  as  to  which  provision  should  govern  a  given 
income derived by non-residents. The interpretation by Indian authorities and courts has 
in  some  cases  shown  an  inclination  to  keep  taxing  powers  with  the  state  of  source  in 
respect  of  both  types  of  income,  thus  reducing  the  relevance  of  the  dividing  line  and 
leading to  a  general  stronger  protection  of taxing rights  in respect  of income  derived  by 
the non-resident in India. However, this paper will only partly further explore the merits 
and  shortcomings  of  a  solution  based  of  strengthening  taxation  at  source  and  the 
interpretative issues arising in such framework.” 
92. The authors go on to analyze the limitations of existing international taxation rules that 
govern  the  allocation  of  taxing  rights  to  source  jurisdictions,  and  the  findings  of  their  work  are 
well presented in the Executive Summary of the paper, which reads as under: 
“1. Introduction  
This paper outlines the core issues of the introduction of a new PE nexus based on digital 
presence. It puts forward its essential features and rethinks the foundations of the concept 
of  sourcing  for  income  tax  purposes  in  the  global  economy.  Our  proposal  of  a  new  PE
57 | P a g e 
 
nexus  based  on  digital  presence  is  also  supported  by  a  theoretical  reconstruction  in  the 
light  of  a  new  dimension  for  the  benefit  theory.  Our  work  directly  relates  to  Action  1  of 
the OECD/G20 BEPS Project. However, the development of a new PE nexus is in fact not 
an  instrument  to  counter  BEPS,  but  reflects  a  structural  revision  of  the  criteria  for 
allocating  taxing  rights  on  cross-border  business  income  in  the  era  of  the  digital 
economy.  
This paper should be understood as a discussion paper and first proposal to shed further 
light  on  (i)  whether  there  is  a  theoretical  justification  for  a  new  PE  nexus  based  on 
digital presence, (ii) how a new PE nexus based on digital presence could be defined and 
(iii)  whether and  how  potential  implementation  issues  could  be  resolved.  By  publishing 
the  present  blueprints  for  a  new  PE  nexus,  the  authors  wish  to  provoke  a  more  concrete 
discussion on this particularly important matter.  
2. The need for amending the existing PE definition  
The current PE definition provided by the OECD Model, as also suggested within Action 
7  of  the  OECD/G20  BEPS  Project,  requires  certain  structural  changes,  including  a  new 
framework  for  the  PE  threshold,  in  order  to  satisfactorily  address  the  new  business 
models developed in connection with the digital economy (see section 2. in the main text).  
The  envisaged  amendments  to  the  current  PE  definition,  however,  would  only  affect 
certain  e-commerce  enterprises  as  part  of  the  digital  economy,  but  would  not  otherwise 
affect  enterprises  that  do  not sell any physical goods (see section  2.4.).  By  amending  the 
current  PE  definition  and  still  relying  on  a  physical  presence  threshold,  no  reallocation 
of income within the digital economy occurs.  
3. Developing a theoretical framework for the new nexus  
The  immediate  goal  of  the  new  PE  concept  is  not  to  strengthen  taxation  at  source,  but 
rather to allow the  state  of  source  to  preserve  its sovereignty  on  the taxation  of  business 
income  derived  in  connection  with  activities  effectively  linked  to  its  territory  and 
jurisdiction (see section 3.1.).  
In  particular,  our  analysis  suggests  establishing  a  new  PE  nexus  based  on  digital 
presence. Such new nexus finds its inspiration in a revised theoretical framework for the 
traditional sourcing theory, reflects the benefit theory and reduces the existing bias in the 
tax  treatment of  cross-border  digital  and  physical  business  activities  with  a  view  to 
achieving a broader consistency between the two categories.  
Theoretical  analysis  contained  in  this  paper  develops  a  new  dimension  for  the  sourcing 
theory  and  provides  the  background  for  drawing  a  nexus  with  the  taxing  jurisdiction, 
shifting  away  from  the  association  of  the  PE  nexus  with  physical  presence  and  more 
closely  reflecting value  creation  in  respect  of  business  income,  taking  into  account  its 
more  prominent  role  in  the  era  of  the  digital  economy  (see section  3.2.).  Value  creation 
within  the  digital  economy  means  that  not  only  the  supply  side  of  an  enterprise  but  also 
the market itself enhances the value of an enterprise.  
4. Our proposal  
The  theoretical  framework  allows  this  paper  to  conclude  that  the  new  PE  nexus  should 
consist  of  four  main  elements  or  requirements:  (i)  digital  services;  (ii)  user  threshold; 
(iii)  a  certain time  threshold  and  (iv)  a de  minimis revenue  threshold  (see section  4.2.). 
Our proposal supports the introduction of a new article 5(8) of the OECD Model with the 
following wording (see section 4.2.):
58 | P a g e 
 
If  an  enterprise  resident  in  one  Contracting  State  provides  access  to  (or  offers)  an 
electronic  application,  database,  online  market  place  or  storage  room  or  offers 
advertising  services  on  a  website  or  in  an  electronic  application  used  by  more  than 
1,000  individual  users  per  month  domiciled  in  the  other  Contracting  State,  such 
enterprise shall be deemed to have a permanent establishment in the other Contracting 
State  if  the  total  amount  of  revenue  of  the  enterprise  due  to  the  aforementioned 
services  in  the  other  Contracting  State  exceeds  XXX  (EUR,  USD,  GBP,  CNY,  CHF, 
etc.) per annum.  
Due to the existence of a user threshold, we expect the new PE nexus to eventually cover 
more  enterprises  operating  B2C  than  B2B.  However,  we  provide  arguments  to  support 
that  this  is  also  a  natural  consequence  of  the  theoretical framework.  Besides,  the  e-
commerce  business  (understood  in  a  narrow  sense)  should  not  be  substantially  affected 
by the new PE nexus. Due to the physical flow of goods, some of these enterprises might 
already  form  a  PE  in  the  state  of  consumption  on  the  basis  of  the  traditional  criteria 
currently included in Article 5 of the OECD Model.  
Obviously,  such  definition  does  not  resolve  existing  and  new  ambiguities  created  by  the 
new  nexus.  Further  guidance  is  required,  for  instance,  with  regard  to  the  term  “users”, 
since  it  would  need  to  be  defined  whether  users  having  access  to  the  free  services  also 
count  and  whether  the  user  amount  is  calculated  based  on  sign-ons  (see  also the  case 
studies in the Annex). Other terms contained in the new PE nexus should also be defined 
in more detail, such as “database”, “advertising services”, “website”, “per month” and 
“domiciled”.  
An Annex with case studies enriches the content of this paper, showing that reference to a 
time  frame  is  necessary  due  to  the  fast  growth  of  certain  enterprises  within  the  digital 
economy,  since  the  risk  of  non-compliance  would  otherwise  be  very  large.  These  case 
studies also prove that the new PE nexus should also work if an enterprise offers various 
digital (and other) services (see, for instance, case study “Company H” in the Annex).  
We  understand  that  following  our  theoretical  framework,  the  actual  wording  of  our 
proposal  could  also  rely  on  other  thresholds  such  as,  for  instance,  data  usage. 
Nevertheless,  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  our  proposal  is  a  feasible  option  and  should 
launch a more concrete discussion concerning a new PE based on digital presence.  
Our proposed changes and the specifications of the sourcing theory and benefit theory as 
guiding justifications for a new PE nexus based on digital presence will also require that 
further  elements  of  the  current  PE  definition  should  be  subject  to  revision,  including  in 
particular the exemption for auxiliary activities (see section 4.5.).  
For  the  purposes  of  the  new  PE  nexus,  it  should  not  be  decisive  whether  the  digital 
service is a main part of the business of an enterprise (see section 4.6.) nor may the user 
requirement  lead  to  an  unintended  removal  of  the  fundamental  distinction  between  VAT 
and corporate income tax (see section 4.7.).  
The  innovative  approach  of  this  paper  to  the  allocation  of  taxing  powers  can  be 
implemented  in  line  with  the  arm’s  length  principle  or  through  a  shift  to  formulary 
apportionment.  As  regards  the  former  scenario,  we  submit  that  the  current  OECD 
Transfer  Pricing  Guidelines  be  amended  in order  to  apply to  income  allocation between 
an  enterprise  and  its  PE  based  on  digital  presence.  We  suggest  that  the  profit  split 
method,  combined  with  an  upfront  allocation  of  one  third  of  the  profit  to  the  market 
jurisdictions,  serves  as  the  most  suitable  transfer  pricing  method  to  operate  in  this 
framework (see section 4.8.).
59 | P a g e 
 
5. Tax enforcement  
Our study recommends extraterritorial tax enforcement by one state on behalf of several 
other  states  be  considered  as  a  feasible  option  in order  to  ensure  the  taxation  of  PEs 
based on digital presence (see section 5.2.). Since in some instances enterprises may not 
have any physical presence in the PE state, we suggest that the group company invoicing 
the services serves as the taxpayer for the PEs in different jurisdictions (see section 5.3.). 
However,  we  are  also  aware  of  the  risk  that  such  a  system  could  lead  to  “accounting 
rules shopping”.  
6. Implementation  
The  interaction  between  the  new  PE  nexus,  the  existing  PE  definition  and  other  articles 
of the OECD Model, such as article 12 (see section 6.2.), is likely to determine additional 
repercussions, which are to be addressed more precisely in the framework of a dedicated 
study. With  regard  to  the  implementation  process  of  the  new  nexus  and in  order  to 
rebalance  the  exercise  of  tax  sovereignty,  either  a  soft  or  hard  law  approach  could  be 
taken,  since  multilateral  action  appears  required  as  most  suitable  in  this  respect  (see 
section 6.3.).” 
93. Thus,  the  paper  provides  a  theoretical  justification  of  expanding  the  existing  definition 
of  physical  presence  permanent  establishment  by  introducing  a  new  threshold  criteria  for 
taxation  of  business  income  in  the  source  jurisdiction. Their  suggested  criteria  consists  of  a 
1000 users in combination with a revenue threshold for a minimum period like one year, that 
in their view, would be sufficient evidence and indication of a non-occasional nature of business 
undertaken by an enterprise in a tax jurisdiction. They consider it a superior option to the other 
option of having a final withholding tax on gross payments. The proposal is perhaps one of the 
first authentic recognition of the role and significance of users in determining the tax nexus and 
in that sense, can be perceived as an important milestone. 
8.2 Withholding Taxes in the Service of BEPS Action 1: Address the Tax 
Challenges of the Digital Economy by Prof. Yariv Brauner & Prof. Andrés Baez, 
IBFD52 
94. This  paper by two  recognized  experts53 analyzes  the  need  for  adjusting  to  the  changing 
dynamics  of business  in  a  digitalized  world,  from  the  perspective  of  finding  a  simple  but 
workable  solution, by focusing  upon the  option of  a  final  withholding tax  that  can  be  levied on 
payments without the need for satisfying the permanent establishment criteria. The proposal of 
the  authors  and  their  justification  is  aptly  presented in  their  Executive  Summary,  which  is 
reproduced below for ease of reference: 
                                                           52 Brauner, Yariv & Baez, Andrés, “Withholding Taxes in the Service of BEPS Action 1: Address the Tax Challenges 
of the Digital Economy”, =BFD; 2 February 2015 
53 Prof. Dr. Yariv Brauner is Professor of Law with the Levin College of Law at the University of Florida (United 
States of America) & IBFD Professor in Residence in 2014. Prof. Dr. Andrés Baez is IBFD postdoctoral research 
fellow and Associate Professor of Tax Law at Universidad Carlos III in Madrid (Spain).
60 | P a g e 
 
“Executive Summary 
This  position  paper  of  the  IBFD  Academic  Task  Force  (hereinafter  IBFD  Task  Force) 
relates to the OECD’s work on BEPS Action 1 and is devoted to withholding tax aspects. 
It  provides  possible  solutions  to the  challenges  presented  to  the  international  tax  regime 
by  the  digital  economy.  This  paper  considers  both  the  option  of  installing  a  withholding 
tax  mechanism  as  the  primary  response  to  these  challenges  and  the  option  of  using 
withholding  taxes  in  support  of  a  nexus-based  solution  of  the  kind  explored  by  a 
companion position paper authored by P. Hongler and P. Pistone (hereinafter Hongler & 
Pistone Paper). 
The  IBFD  Task  Force  views  the  nexus-based  solution  as  superior  to  the  withholding  tax 
solution  proposed  herein  since  it  better  fits  the  system  in  place  and  therefore  it  is  both 
more consistent with the OECD’s conservative evolutionary approach to the matter (it is 
likely  to  be  more  efficient,  i.e.  less  wasteful)  and  it  would  likely  be  easier  to  fine-tune  in 
order to reach a stable balance between source and residence taxation. 
The  two key issues addressed  by this  position  paper,  as  well  as the  entire  BEPS Project, 
are  (i)  under-taxation  of  so-called  stateless  income  and  (ii)  an  unacceptable  division  of 
tax  revenues  (collected  from  the  digital  economy)  that  leaves  source  jurisdictions 
wanting.  These  are  two  distinct  issues  and  a  solution  to  one  may negatively  impact  the 
other.  We  therefore  chose  to,  first,  address the  former,  emphasizing  the  negation of  base 
erosion  and,  second,  correct  for  the  latter,  providing  mechanisms  to  further  correct  if 
necessary. 
Consequently, we propose the design of a globally standard 10% final withholding tax on 
all  base-eroding  business  payments  to  registered  non-residents,  with  specific,  again 
globally  standard,  exemptions  to  payees  registered  to  be  taxed  under  a  net  taxation 
scheme.  Such  net  taxation  scheme  may  be  a  nexus-based  solution  or  an  elective  scheme 
to avoid the withholding tax proposed here. This proposal depends on a reliable, globally 
standard,  quick,  cheap  and  automatically  shared  registration  system  shared  by  at  least 
the major economies, such as the BEPS countries. 
Other exemptions may also be standardized for payments subject to in-place withholding 
schemes  (e.g.  employment),  to  non-base-eroding  payments  (e.g.  dividends)  and  to  non-
digital goods and services (e.g. material, rents and services performed by humans on the 
ground). 
Payments  to  unregistered  payees  will  be subject  to  a  higher 15%  withholding tax.  These 
would  include  payments  to  accounts  in  or  owned  by  low- or  no-tax  jurisdictions  (say,  a 
15% general corporate tax threshold). This tax may be non-final and partially refundable 
upon filing. 
B2C  transactions  should  initially  be  exempt  as  non-base  eroding.  Yet,  if  countries  are 
already  concerned  with  the  revenue  division  implications  of  such  a  decision,  a 
complimentary  final  withholding  tax  of  15%  could  be  collected  on  all  payments  cleared 
by  financial  institutions,  unless  the  payees  register  to  be  taxed  under  any  net  taxation 
scheme.  Strict  regulation  and  international  cooperation  are  crucial  for  this  solution  to 
work. 
C2C transactions do not necessitate a distinct taxing scheme. 
The  withholding  tax  scheme  is  not  perfect;  however,  in  the  case  that  countries  cannot 
reach  agreement  on  a  nexus-based  scheme  it  permits  a  simple,  if  crude,  response  to  the 
challenges of the digital economy. As such, however, it requires monitoring and perhaps
61 | P a g e 
 
tweaking  over  time.  Therefore,  the  scheme  should  be  accompanied  by  a  review 
mechanism. 
The  proposed  solution  does  not  directly  employ  a  definition  of  the  digital  economy,  on 
which it is notoriously difficult to achieve a consensus. Nevertheless, if countries insist on 
basing  a  withholding  tax  on  a  legal  definition,  this  paper  offers  to  follow  a  functional 
definition  that,  similarly  to  the  whole  withholding  tax  solution,  although  not  perfect, 
could  cover  most  of  the  bases  at  this  time.  We  view  this  option  as  the  least  desirable  of 
the solutions mentioned in this paper. 
Lastly, the proposal raises several potential interactions with related BEPS matters. Most 
directly, the VAT response to the challenges of the digital economy may well correspond 
to  our  proposal,  especially  in  the  need  for  a  coordinated,  standard  registration-based 
response.  One  should bear  in  mind,  however,  the  tax mix  implications.  Furthermore, the 
multilateral  instrument  (Action  15)  may  be  used  for  efficient standardization  of  the 
solution.  Advances  in  reporting  (e.g.  CbC)  and  automatic  information  exchange,  as  well 
as  all  monitoring  aspects  (Actions  11-13)  also  fit  well  with  the  necessary  review 
mechanism. The treatment of capital income is left to other Actions (2-6)” 
95. The  authors,  while  recommending  a  final  withholding  tax  at  10%  rate  on  gross 
payments,  put  forth  several  possible  options.  One  option  suggested  by  them  could  be  to 
restrict the payments only to business-to-business (B2B) segments on the ground that they are 
the  ones  that  erode  the  tax  base.  Another option could  be  to  extend such  tax  to  business-to-
consumer (B2C) segment as well, if the tax jurisdiction views it essential. A third implicit option, 
arising  from  their  work,  consists  of a two  step  imposition,  wherein  B2B  segment  is  subjected 
to tax before the B2C segment. They recommend exempting the Consumer-to-consumer (C2C) 
segment  completely  from  this  tax.  The  influence  of  this  paper  can  be  seen  in  the  approach 
taken  in  the BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  that  has  since  been  endorsed  by  the  international 
community. 
8.3 Taxation  and  the  digital  economy:  A  survey  of  theoretical  models- Final 
report by France Strategie in combination with several Universities54 
96. This extensive report prepared by several authors55 provides the findings arrived at by a 
group of academicians and researchers, working on various theoretical models dealing with the 
tax challenges  of  digital  economy.  This  work,  again  a  first  of  its  kind,  backed  by  extensive 
analysis  conducted  with  various  theoretical  models,  provides  significant  insights  into  this 
challenge and puts forward several recommendations that are relevant to the work undertaken 
by this Committee. Their findings are reproduced below for ease of reference: 
                                                           54 Bacache et al, “Taxation and the digital economy: A survey of theoretical models- Final report”, France 
Stratigie; 26 February 2015, www.strategie.gouv.fr  
55 Maya Bacache, Francis Bloch, Marc Bourreau, Bernard Caillaud, Helmuth Cremer, Jacques Crémer, Gabrielle 
Demange, Romain de Nijs, Stéphane Gauthier, Jean-Marie Lozachmeur.
62 | P a g e 
 
“Summary - Recommendations 
Summary 
The  digital  economy  creates  new  challenges  for  taxation.  The  emergence  of  powerful 
internet  platforms,  transforming  entire  industries  like  commerce  or  advertising,  has 
affected the ability of national authorities to tax transactions and corporate profits. The 
main  actors  of the  digital  economy  localized  outside  the  jurisdiction  of  national  tax 
authorities,  use  transfer prices  to  reduce  their  tax  bills  inducing  thus  a  net  loss  in  tax 
revenues  from  corporate taxation.  In  addition,  the  shift  away  from  traditional  forms  of 
commerce affects the tax authorities’ ability to collect taxes based on sales and financial 
transactions,  leading  again  to a  loss  in  fiscal  revenue.  Overall,  the  tax  base  of  major 
internet platforms is reduced both because of difficulties in locating activities to specific 
geographical jurisdictions and because major elements of the revenue-generating chain, 
like the use of personal data uploaded by users, do not result in financial transactions. 
Faced  with  this  situation, tax  authorities  should  reform  and  adapt  their  instruments  to 
take  into  account  the  new  conditions  created  by  the  emergence  of  the  digital  economy. 
The digital  economy  is  characterized  by  four  important  features  :  (i)  a  blurring  of 
geographical frontiers  which  makes  the  assignment  of  activities  to  jurisdictions  more 
complex,  (ii)  large network  externalities  which  give  monopoly  power  to  platforms 
because  of  coordination issues,  (iii)  multi-sided  markets,  where  platforms  are  used  to 
connect  different  actors,  and pricing  strategies  on  different  sides  of  the  platform  are 
interdependent,  (iv)  the  collection  of data  uploaded  by  users  and  used  as  inputs  to 
generate profits for the platform. Any discussion of taxation in the digital economy must 
take into account these specific features.  
In this report, we have developd five original theoretical models to analyze the effects of 
taxation  in  the  digital  economy.  The  five  models  focus  on  specific  aspects  of  the  digital 
economy and reflect the four important features described above. 
 The first model, inspired by platforms for social networking, deals with network 
externalities, coordination and competition in the presence of taxation. 
 The  second  model,  focused  on  two-sided  markets,  considers  a  platform 
mediating between users and advertisers, and allows for a comparative study of 
taxation on either side of the market. 
 The  third  model centers  on  the  amount  of  data  collection  and  exploitation  and 
studies how different taxes affect the level of data exploitation. 
 The  last  two models deal  with  the  blurring  of  geographical  frontiers  and 
analyze  how  the  emergence  of  electronic  commerce  affects  fiscal  competition 
between countries  fixing  sales  taxes.  One  model  centers  around  exchange 
platforms  which cannot  discriminate  among  consumers  according  to  their 
geographical  origin,  like eBay.  The  other  model  considers  substitution  effects 
between electronic commerce and cross-border shopping. 
We  briefly  summarize  how  the  five  models  shed  light  on  the  different  trade-offs  and  on 
effects of taxation in the digital economy. 
Taxation of network rents 
Internet  platforms  collect  network  rents  because  of  their  positions  as  intermediaries 
between  users  or  between  the  two  sides of the  market.  Taxation  of  profits  (or  revenues) 
of internet  platforms  is  just  a  transfer  from  the  platforms  to  the  government,  with  no 
distortive effects  on  productive  and  allocative  efficiency.  In  the  presence  of  fixed  costs,
63 | P a g e 
 
taxation  may generate  negative  effects  on  the  platform’s  incentives  to  develop  new 
services or improve the quality of existing services. 
Taxation on two-sided markets 
On  two-sided  markets,  taxation  on  one  side  may  lead  the  platform  to  shift  revenues  to 
the  other side.  This  explains  why,  contrary  to classical  markets, ad valorem commodity 
taxation  may  be worse  than  unit  taxation.  Charging  a  tax  on  advertising  revenues  may 
induce  the  platform  to  charge  a  subscription  price  to  users,  resulting  in  exclusion  of 
users with the lowest values. A tax on data flows may lead the platform to start charging 
a subscription  price in  order  to limit the  amount  of  data  voluntarily uploaded  by  users. 
Taxes per  user,  whether  charged  to  the  platform  or  directly  to  the  user,  also  result  in 
exclusion of users with the lowest values. 
Taxation and privacy protection 
The  revenues  of  internet  platforms  can  be  decomposed  into  revenues  linked  to  onetime 
access  and  revenues  generated  by  data  collection.  Data  collection  by  platforms  is 
excessive  from  the  point  of  view  of  users.  Taxes  based  on  the  platform’s  revenues  are 
ineffective,  and taxes  based  on  the  number  of  users  or  accesses  result  in  an  increase 
rather than  a  decrease  in  data  collection.  A  tax  differentiating  between  the  sources  of 
the revenues of  the  platform,  and  imposing  a higher tax  level  on  revenues  generated by 
data  collection, could  lower  the  level  of  data  collection.  Giving  the  user  the  possibility 
to  «  opt  out  »  may actually  harm the  average  user  by inducing  the  platform  to  increase 
data  collection  on  all other  users.  A  pricing  policy  by  which  users  are  paid  for  data 
collection improves the welfare of users and of the platform, whereas a pricing policy by 
which users pay to opt out increases the profit of the platform at the expense of users.  
Taxation of platforms and fiscal interactions 
Taxation of data or online advertising or new privacy regulation may result in a shift in 
the  business  models  of  the  platforms.  Taxation  reduces  the  volume  of  activity  on  the 
platform, lowering revenues from VAT. However, for small levels of taxation on data or 
online advertising,  the  direct  effect of the tax dominates  the  indirect  effect  on  VAT,  and 
fiscal revenues are increased. Taxes on data and advertising are not perfect substitutes, 
and  a  tax on  advertising  results  in  more  distortions  than  a  tax  on  data.  If  the  platform 
pays  users  for uploading  personal  data,  part  of  the  platform’s  profits  can  be  taxed  as 
additional income received by resident users.  
Taxation and competition 
Taxation  affects  the  market  structure  and  competition  among  internet  platforms.  If 
platforms  invest  in  quality to  attract  users,  taxation  may  increase  the  joint  profit  of  the 
platforms  by  preventing  unproductive  investments,  but  will  result  in  lower  quality  for 
users. 
On  two-sided  markets,  when  two  platforms  compete  to  attract  users  on  one  side  of  the 
market, taxation has no effect on the market structure when the platforms are symmetric, 
but may distort the sizes of the platforms when the platforms are initially asymmetric. 
E-commerce and fiscal competition 
The  development  of  e-commerce  has  changed  the  conditions  for  fiscal  competition 
between  countries  setting  their  rate  of  VAT.  E-commerce  leads  to  a  decrease  in  cross-
border transaction  costs  and  a  possibility  of  evading  taxation,  which  strengthens 
competition between countries under the origin principle, resulting in a decrease in VAT 
rates.  On  the other  hand,  under  the  destination  principle,  e-commerce  substitutes  for
64 | P a g e 
 
cross-border shopping,  and  reduces  competition  between  countries,  leading  to  higher 
VAT  rates.  Typical e-commerce  platforms  prevent  sellers  from  price  discriminating 
among  buyers  according  to their  country  of  residence.  When  price  discrimination  is 
banned, and buyers have a bias in favor of domestic goods, tax competition between the 
two  countries  is  mitigated  and  tax  rates are  higher  than  when  sellers  can  adjust  their 
prices to buyers according to their geographical location. 
Based on these findings, we would like to issue the following recommendations. 
Recommendations 
1. Develop a statistical apparatus to measure the activity of internet platforms. 
Any specific tax on internet activity requires a precise measure of the activity of internet 
platforms.  To  measure  this  activity,  tax  and  regulatory  authorities  must  have  access  to 
data on users, numbers of clicks, advertisers. It is thus extremely important to construct 
a statistical apparatus to measure the activity of internet platforms. 
2. Determine a sharing rule for corporate profits reflecting the number of users in the 
jurisdiction of the tax authority  
Current rules for the corporate taxation of multinationals are based on transfer pricing 
and territorial  definitions  which  are  obsolete.  In  the  context  of  international 
negotiations, new rules must be put in place to adapt definitions to the digital economy. 
These  sharing  rules  should reflect  the  number  of  users  in  the  jurisdiction  of  a  tax 
authority,  as  the  presence  of  these users  is  a  necessary  condition  for  the  platform  to 
make  profits.  Taxes  based  on  profits  are not  distortive  and  enable  tax  authorities  to 
capture some of the network rent generated by network externalities.  
3. In the absence of a fair sharing rule on corporate profits, consider using a specific 
tax  based  on  revenues  (sales  or  advertising)  generated  in  the  jurisdiction  of the  tax 
authority 
In  the  absence  of  a  transparent  and  fair  sharing  rule,  the  national  tax  authority  may 
implement  an ad  valorem taxation  based  on  the  profits  generated  in  the  jurisdiction. 
Given that  variable  costs  are  negligible,  profits  can  be  identified  with  revenues.  Sales 
revenues can easily be observed; revenues generated by advertising are more difficult to 
assess  if contracts  between  advertisers  and  platforms  are  located  outside  the  country. 
Specific  rules can  be  put  in  place  to  assess  advertising  revenues  based  on  statistical 
information on the activity of internet platforms in the country. 
4.  In  the  absence  of  a  fair  sharing  rule  on  corporate  profits  and  if  taxes  on revenues 
generated  in  the  country  cannot  be  implemented,  consider  using  a  specific tax  based 
on  activity  (number  of  users,  flow  of  data  or  number of  advertisers).  This  tax should 
be calibrated at very low rates, and preferably be based on the collection of data. 
A  unit  tax,  based  on  number  of  users  or  adwords,  or  number  of  clicks  reflecting  data 
flows, is distortive and will change the behavior of the platform, advertisers and users. It 
has  negative effects  on  participation  on  the  platform,  and  can  lead  the  platform  to 
change its pricing behavior, excluding some users from the platform. In addition, it will 
likely  result  in  an increase  in  data  exploitation.  Hence  tax  instruments  based  on  direct 
measures  of  internet activity  should  only  be  used  as  a  last  resort,  if  it  is  impossible  to 
base a tax on revenues or profits. 
5.  Differentiate  tax  rates  according  to  the  origin  of  revenues:  revenues generated by 
one-time  access  should  be  taxed  at  lower  rates  than  revenues  generated by  data 
exploitation.
65 | P a g e 
 
There  are  two  sorts  of  revenues of  the  platform:  a  basic revenue  generated by one-time 
access  (sale  of  an item, advertising  revenue  linked  to a  keyword)  and  revenue  linked  to 
data exploitation  (sale  of  data  on  searches  to  third  parties,  storage  of  sales  data  for 
future targeting).  Given  that  platforms  choose  excessive  levels  of  data  exploitation, 
differentiated taxes  on  revenues  reduce  a  platform’s  incentive  to  collect  and  exploit 
data, and results in an increase in the welfare of consumers. 
6. Encourage  platforms  to  offer  menus  of  options  with  different  degrees  of  data 
exploitation and to compensate users for uploading personal data.  
By  offering  different  options  to  consumers  with  different  levels  of  data  exploitation, 
generalizing  procedures  like  the  choice  to  accept  cookies  or  to  be  geo-localized, 
platforms will  sort  consumers  according  to  their  privacy  costs.  Offering  different  levels 
of compensation (monetary or through higher quality services) will increase the welfare 
of  users.  This compensation  for  data  already  exists  in  some  industries.  For  example, 
supermarket  chains offer  discounts  to  consumers  using  loyalty  cards  which  store  their 
history of purchases. In addition, if platforms use monetary compensations, this creates 
a  monetary  value  for  the data  which  can  be  taxed  as  additional  income  from  resident 
users.  
7.  Strengthen  the  technology  watch  to  anticipate  future  changes  in  services, quality 
and  market  structure.  Provide  targeted  tax  breaks  and  subsidies  to encourage 
innovation. 
Taxation  of  profits  or  revenues  of  internet  platforms  distort  a  platform’s  long-term 
decision  to invest.  Hence,  in  order  to  prevent  taxation  from  hampering  innovation,  it  is 
imperative  to  ask regulatory  authorities  to  keep  a  careful  watch  on  the  evolution  of 
internet  platforms,  services, products  and  competitive  structure.  In  order  to  encourage 
innovation  and  an  increase  in service  quality,  targeted  tax  breaks  and  subsidies  should 
be put in place.  
8. Generalize the principle of destination and harmonize the level of sales taxation 
Under the principle of origin, electronic commerce reinforces tax competition, resulting 
in a race to the bottom. Under the principle of destination, electronic commerce instead 
reduces tax competition, allowing for an increase in the level of taxation.  
Concluding remarks 
The  models  presented  in  this  report  set  the  stage  for  the  analysis  of  the  effects  of 
taxation  in  the  digital  economy,  but  leave  a  number  of  questions  unanswered.  They 
highlight qualitative  trade-offs,  but  fall  short  of  quantifying  exactly  the  effects  of 
different  policies.  In addition,  the  analysis  supposes  that  business  models  remain  fixed, 
whereas  the  digital economy  is  characterized  by fast  technological  changes  and  a 
continuous  evolution  of business  models  and  pricing  strategies.  The  implementation  of 
our recommendations requires a more detailed understanding of the quantitative effects 
of  taxation  and  the reactivity  of  internet  platforms.  In  order  to  advance  the  discussion, 
and  refine  our recommendations,  we  need  to  enrich  the  analysis  in  the  following 
directions. 
 The exact quantification of the optimal tax rate on data requires a calibration of 
the models and to run simulations to analyze the welfare impact of different tax 
rates.  
 The  analysis  of  likely  reactions  of  actors  of  the  digital  economy  to  changes  in 
taxation régimes.
66 | P a g e 
 
 The  analysis  of  fiscal  competition  and  electronic  commerce  needs  to  be 
validated  by empirical  data.  Empirical studies  on  the  effect  of  exchange 
platforms  on  geographical discrimination,  and  on  the  effect  of  the  passage  to 
the  destination  principle  for electronic  services  on  January  1,  2015,  should  be 
developed. 
 Theoretical models should be enriched to take into account competition between 
platforms subject to different jurisdictions, and the dynamics of market structure 
and competition. 
 Theoretical  models  should  be  developed  to  help  determine  the  optimal  sharing 
rule for profits across jurisdictions based on different activities.” 
97. This  work  represents  one  of  the  most  elaborate  attempts  to  analyze  the  issues  related 
to  allocation  of taxing  rights  in  digital  economy,  based  on  economic modeling.  The  report 
comes out with useful insights such as the likely economic impact of taxing various segments of 
the  business  models  followed  in  digital  economy. It  recognizes the  need  for data  based 
sophisticated  sharing  of  tax  between  jurisdictions,  but  recognizing  the  unlikelihood  of  that 
being  achieved  at  this  stage,  it proposes  a  fix  tax  on  gross  payments  (revenue)  and  a  last 
option,  puts  forward  the  possibility  of  a  tax  on  digital  activities  (byte  tax). The  recognition in 
the  report  of  the  limitations  of  the  existing  rules  today,  and  its  emphasis  on  approaching  the 
issue  in a  systematic  manner  by  considering  options  depending  upon  their feasibility  is  an 
interesting approach to take. 
8.4  Committee’s Observations 
98. These  works,  in  the  view  of  the  Committee,  represent  the global recognition  of  the 
need  to address  broader  tax challenges arising  from digital economy.  The recommendations 
made  therein for  expanding  the  definition  of  permanent  establishment,  taking  users  and 
their  contributions  into  account,  and  considering  a  final  tax  on  gross  payments provide a 
pragmatic  and  feasible  option.  The  Committee  acknowledges  the  contribution  of  these 
papers in its work. 
99. These  works  supplement  the  findings  arrived  in  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1, 
regarding  the tax challenges  arising  from  the  difficulties  in  application  of  existent  rules  of 
nexus  in  the  tax  treaties,  persisting  and  significant  ambiguities  in  respect  of  characterization 
of  payments that  frequently  lead  to  disputes  and  tax  uncertainty and  the  yet  to  be  explored 
challenges of  quantifying  the  value  of  user  data  and  contributions  in  profitability  of  an 
enterprise relying upon them.  
100. Taking  these  into  account,  the  Committee considers  the  need  to  explore  all  possible 
options for addressing these challenges in the Indian context.
67 | P a g e 
 
Section 9 
Options to address broader tax challenges of Digital Economy 
in the Indian Context 
 
101. A  large  part  of  the  follow  up  work on  Action  1  undertaken  by  the  Task  Force  of  Digital 
Economy,  after  its  2014  Report  related  to  the  development  and  analysis  of  possible  options 
that  can  be  adopted  for  addressing  the  broader  tax  challenges  arising  from  digital  economy. 
This  work  is  documented  in  Chapter  7  of  its  2015  Report,  which  provides  details  of  the  three 
options that were considered by it – (i) a new nexus based on “significant economic presence”; 
(ii)  withholding  tax  on  digital transactions;  and  (iii)  Equilization  Levy.  For  the  ease of  reference, 
the  relevant  extracts  of  this  chapter,  relating  to  the  details  of  these  options  are  reproduced 
below. 
9.1 Option 1: New Nexus based on Significant Economic Presence 
102. As  the  broader  tax  challenges  in  digital  economy  arise  primarily  from  the  difficulties  in 
application  of  existing  physical  presence  based  nexus  threshold  that  constitutes  the  definition 
of  permanent  establishment, the  first  option  to  address  the  tax  challenges  in  digital  economy 
proposes that  “significant  economic  presence”  should  be  considered  adequate fulfillment of 
nexus  between  the  taxable  enterprise  and  the  taxing  jurisdiction.  The  option  would  require 
appropriate modifications of nexus rules in the tax treaties (‘permanent establishment’) as well 
as domestic laws (‘business connection).  
“7.6.1 A new nexus based on the concept of significant economic presence  
277. This  option  would  create  a  taxable  presence  in  a  country  when  a  non-resident 
enterprise has a significant economic presence in a country on the basis of factors that 
evidence  a  purposeful  and  sustained  interaction  with  the  economy  of  that  country  via 
technology  and  other  automated  tools.  These  factors  would  be  combined  with a  factor 
based  on  the  revenue  derived  from  remote  transactions  into  the  country,  in  order  to 
ensure  that  only  cases  of  significant  economic  presence  are  covered,  limit  compliance 
costs  of  the  taxpayers,  and  provide  certainty  for  cross-border  activities.  The  following 
sections  describe  the  details  of  such  an  option,  together  with  potential  approaches  for 
attributing income to the new nexus.  
7.6.1.1 Revenue-based factor 
278. As  a  general  matter,  revenue  that  is  generated  on  a  sustained  basis  from  a 
country  could  be  considered  to  be  one  of  the  clearest  potential  indicators  of  the 
existence of a significant economic presence. This is based on the assumption that even 
in  multi-sided  business  models,  and  particularly  those  dependent  on  network  effects, 
the  two  markets  are  likely  to  be  strongly  interrelated,  and  as  a  result  are  likely  to  be 
situated in the same country. To the extent that the country of the users and country of
68 | P a g e 
 
the  paying  customers  are  aligned,  the  value  of  an  enterprise’s  users  and  user  data 
would generally  be  reflected  in  the  enterprise’s  revenue  in  a  country.  In  other  words, 
because  user  data  serves  to  enhance  the  value  of  the  services  an  enterprise  offers,  a 
strong user network (and the attendant user data) is likely to result in enterprises either 
selling  more  or  enterprises  charging  more  for  its  core  products/services,  or  both. 
Under  such  circumstances,  the  revenues  earned  from  customers  in  a  country  are  a 
potential factor for establishing nexus in the form of a significant economic presence in 
the  country  concerned.  Revenues  will  not  be  sufficient  in  isolation  to  establish  nexus 
but  they  could  be  considered  a  basic  factor  that,  when  combined  with  other  factors, 
could  potentially  be  used  to  establish  nexus  in  the  form  of  a  significant  economic 
presence  in  the  country  concerned.  In  addition,  the  use  of  revenue  as  a  basic  factor 
could  limit  the  compliance  costs  of  taxpayers  and  provides  a  high  degree  of  tax 
certainty for cross-border activities. In developing a revenue factor, consideration was 
given to the following technical issues: 
 Transactions  covered. One  approach  that  could  be  considered  in  defining  a  basic 
revenue  factor  is  to  include  only  revenues  generated  from  digital  transactions 
concluded  with  in-country  customers  through  an  enterprise’s digital  platform. 
Specifically,  these  transactions  would  involve  the  conclusion  of  a  contract  for  the  sale 
(or exchange) of goods and services between two or more parties effectuated through a 
digital  platform  where  the  contract  conclusion  primarily  relies  on  automated  systems. 
Such  an  approach  could  however  create  incentives  for  particular  ways  of  doing 
business  with  remote  customers.  For  example,  such  an  approach  would  treat  remote 
digital  transactions  differently  from  mail-order  transactions  (e.g.  catalogue  shopping) 
and  telephone  transactions  (e.g.  sale  through  call  centres).  Although  in  practice  the 
latter transactions are less likely to enable a business to generate a significant amount 
of  revenue,  all  three  ways  of  transacting  enable  businesses  to  engage  in  sales 
transactions  without  physical  presence  in  the  country  of  the  customer.  In  addition, 
businesses  may  leverage  digital  technology  to  reach  a  broader  range  of  customers  in 
another  country  without  entering  into  digital  transactions  (e.g.  website  displaying  the 
products  but  routing  the  customers  to  a  call  centre  to  perform  the  final  purchase). 
Accordingly,  to  ensure  that  taxpayers  in  similar  situations  carrying  out  similar 
transactions  will  be  subject  to  similar levels  of  taxation,  it  may  be  preferable to define 
the factor so as to include all revenue generated by transactions concluded by the non-
resident  enterprise  remotely  with  in-country  customers.  Potential  adverse  effects 
associated with such a broad scope would in any case be addressed by the application 
of the other factors (see further below at 7.6.1.4). 
 Level  of  the  threshold. The  core  element  of  the  revenue  factor  could  be  the  gross 
revenues  generated from  remote  transactions  concluded  with  customers in  the  country 
concerned.  This  amount  should  be  framed  in  absolute  terms  and  in  local  currency,  in 
order  to  minimise  the  risk  of  manipulation.  A  key  objective  in  setting  the  level  of 
threshold  would  be  to  set  it  at  a  high  enough  level  to  minimise  the  administrative 
burden  for  tax  administrations as  well  as  the  compliance  burden  on  and  level  of 
uncertainty  for  the  taxpayer,  while  ensuring  that  nexus  is  less  likely  to  be  created  in 
cases  in  which  minimal  tax  revenue  would  be  collected.  The  size  of  the  country’s 
market  might  also  be  a  relevant  factor  in  setting  the  level  of  the  revenue  threshold. 
Given  the  relative  mobility  and  flexibility  in  choosing  the  location  of  automated 
functions  related  to  revenue-generating  activities  in  the  digital  economy,  the  factor 
could  be  applied  on  a  related-group  basis  rather  than  on  a  separate-entity  basis  to 
prevent any risk of artificial fragmentation of distance selling activities with customers
69 | P a g e 
 
of the same country among a variety of foreign affiliated entities. This aggregation rule 
could  be  introduced  as  a  rebuttable  presumption,  with  the  taxpayer  being  able  to 
demonstrate  that  it  did  not  artificially  fragment  the  distance  selling  activities  in  order 
to manipulate the revenue threshold. 
 Administration  of  the  threshold. An  accurate  application  of  the  revenue  threshold 
would  depend  on  the  ability  of  the  country  to  identify  and  measure  remote  sales 
activities  of  the  non-resident  enterprise.  One  possible  approach  to  address  this 
challenge  could  be  to  introduce  a  mandatory  registration  system  for  enterprises  that 
meet the  factors  giving  rise  to  a  significant  economic  presence.  On  the  other  hand,  it 
could  be  difficult  for  tax  authorities  to  know  when  activities  are  taking  place  and  at 
what scale, to identify remote sellers, and ultimately to ensure compliance. Similarly, in 
the  case  of  transactions  concluded  and  fulfilled  entirely  online,  it  may  be  difficult  for 
enterprises to identify with certainty the country of residence of clients. In this respect, 
regimes  introduced  to  ensure  compliance  with  VAT/GST  rules  by  non-resident 
suppliers could prove extremely useful (see also chapter 8 for additional details).  
7.6.1.2 Digital factors 
279. In  the  case  of  “brick  and  mortar”  businesses,  the  ability  to  reach  significant 
numbers of customers in a country generally depends on a variety of factors, including 
a  store’s  location,  local  marketing  and  promotion,  payment  options,  and  sales  and 
customer  service  employees.  In  the  digital  economy,  the  ability  to  establish  and 
maintain  a  purposeful  and  sustained  interaction  with  users  or  customers  in  a  specific 
country via an online presence depends on analogous factors. A range of digital factors 
based on the current development of the digital economy could be used as part of a test 
for significant economic presence, including the following: 
 A local domain name. A non-resident enterprise targeting customers or users in a 
country will generally obtain the digital equivalent of a local “address” where the 
non-resident  enterprise  establishes  its  store  front,  typically  taking  the  form  of  a 
localised  or  specialised  domain  name.  For example, while  an  enterprise’s  “home” 
domain  name  might  be  “.com”,  the  enterprise’s  site  targeting  one  country  would 
likely  use  a  domain  name  reflecting  that,  in  order  to  make  it  more  likely  that  a 
local user would find the local site. This is reinforced by the need of enterprises to 
protect  their  trademarks  by  purchasing  related  domain  names,  including  a  local 
country  domain  name.  In  summary,  while  it  is  possible  for  an  enterprise  to  do 
business  in  a  country  without  a local  domain  name,  the  choice  to  do  so  carries 
reputational  risk  from  potential  domain  “squatting”  and  trademark  infringement 
from  not  protecting  the  enterprise’s  business  name,  trademarks  and  trade  names 
across  various  domains.  Accordingly,  MNEs  doing  substantial  cross-border 
business would very likely operate in a country via a local domain name. Whether 
local  domain  names  will  remain  the  predominant  method  for  accessing  markets, 
however,  is  uncertain.  In  the  near  future,  merchants  selling  camera  equipment 
globally  may,  for  example,  use  a  generic  “.camera” domain  name, thus  reducing 
the relevance of country specific domain name. 
 A  local  digital  platform.  Non-resident  enterprises  frequently  establish  “local” 
websites or other digital platforms in order to present the goods or services being 
offered  in  the  light  that  most  appeals  to  the  local  users  or  customers,  taking  into 
account  language  and  cultural  norms  in  particular.  Local  websites  or  digital 
platforms  could  include  features  intended  to  facilitate  interaction  by  local  users
70 | P a g e 
 
and  customers  with  the  site’s  content,  services  and  functions.  Such  features 
include language, local marketing such as targeted discounts and promotions, and 
local  terms  of  service  for  users  and  customers  that  reflect  the  commercial and 
legal  context  of  the  local  environment.  Although  some  enterprises  may  elect  to 
only  operate  only  in  one  language  and  not  attempt  to  undertake  local  marketing 
or  promotional  efforts,  establishing  a  local  platform  is  often  critical  to  attracting 
meaningful  numbers  of  local  users  and  customers.  Note,  however,  that  local 
platforms do not necessarily correspond to political boundary lines.  
 Local payment options. A non-resident enterprise that maintains a purposeful and 
sustained  interaction  with  the  economy of  a  country  will  frequently  ensure  that 
local  customers  have  a  seamless  purchasing  experience  with  prices  reflected  in 
local  currency,  taxes,  duties  and  fees  already  calculated,  with  the  option  of  using 
a  local  form  of  payment  to  complete  the  purchase.  Integration  of  local  forms  of 
payment into a site’s commercial features is a complicated technical, commercial, 
and  legal  exercise  requiring  substantial  resources,  and  an  enterprise  would 
normally  not  undertake  such  an  investment  unless  it  purposefully  participates  in 
the  country’s  economic  life.  While  this  factor  may  be  less  relevant  in  countries 
that  share  a  common  currency,  it  generally  is  a  critical  commercial  requirement 
in  countries  that  have  stringent  banking  regulations,  currency  controls,  or  low 
penetration of international credit cards. 
7.6.1.3 User-based factors 
280. Given  the  importance  of  network  effects  in  the  digital  economy,  the  user  base 
and  the  associated  data  input  may  also  be  important  indicators  of  a  purposeful  and 
sustained interaction with the economy of another country. A range of factors based on 
users could be used to reflect the level of participation in the economic life of a country, 
namely:  
 Monthly  active  users  (MAU). One  factor  reflecting  the  level  of  penetration  in  a 
country’s economy is the number of “monthly active users” (MAU) on the digital 
platform  that  are  habitually  resident  in  a  given  country  in  a  taxable  year.  The 
term MAU refers to registered user who logged in and visited a company’s digital 
platform in the 30-day  period  ending  on  the  date  of  measurement.  A  factor  based 
on  MAU  presents  the  advantage  of  measuring  the  customer/user  base  in  a  given 
country both in terms of size and level of engagement. Given that little material is 
publicly  available  on the  process  of  defining  and  identifying  MAU,  more  detailed 
metrics would need to be developed in consultation with businesses and IT experts 
for  the  purpose  of  using  this  factor,  such  as  how  to  identify  a  unique  "user"  or 
what  level  of  engagement  is  required  for  a  user  to  be  considered  "active". 
Reliability  and  veracity  of  the  information  would  also  need  to  be  ensured,  to 
address  fraudulent  accounts,  multiple  accounts,  false  information  volunteered  by 
users, and “bot”-produced data, to name a few. 
 Online  contract  conclusion. Another  factor indicating  the level  of  participation of 
an  enterprise  in  the  economic  life  of  a  country  is  the  regular  conclusion  of 
contracts. This is the focus of the existing “dependent agent” PE test contained in 
Article  5  of  the  OECD  Model  which,  in broad  terms,  requires  that  this  contract 
conclusion  be carried  out in  the  country  by  a  person acting  on  behalf  of  the  non-
resident enterprise. In the digital economy, contracts can frequently be concluded 
with customers via a digital platform without the need for the intervention of local
71 | P a g e 
 
personnel  or  dependent  agents.  For  example,  online  platforms  providing  free 
services  to  their  users  often  specify  on  their  websites  that  by  accessing  or  using 
the products and services of the company the user agrees to the “Terms of Service” 
and  each  use  of  the  platform  results  in  the  conclusion  of  a  legally  binding 
agreement.  The  number  of  contracts  concluded  through  a  digital  platform  with 
customers  or users that  are  habitually  resident in the country in any taxable  year 
could therefore be considered an important factor.  
 Data collected. Another factor which could be considered to reflect an enterprise’s 
level  of  participation  in  the  economic  life  of  a  country  is  the  volume  of  digital 
content  collected  through  a  digital  platform  from  users  and  customers  habitually 
resident in that country in a taxable year. The focus would be on the origin of the 
data  collected,  irrespective  of  where  that  data  is  subsequently  stored  and 
processed  (e.g.  data  warehouse).  The  range  of  data  captured  by  the  threshold 
would  not  be  confined  to  personal  data,  but  would  cover  also,  e.g.  user  created 
content,  product  reviews,  and  search  histories.  This  core  element  could  be 
coupled  with  proportionality  tests,  such  as  whether  the  volume  of  digital  content 
collected  exceeds  a  percentage  of  the  enterprise’s  overall  stored  digital  content. 
Information  on  data  collected  is  increasingly  available,  reliable  and  up-to-date, 
especially if the factor is focusing on data collected that is effectively stored by the 
non-resident  enterprise  on  a  server.  At  the  same  time,  businesses  may  not 
necessarily  maintain  separate  and  comprehensive  track  records  of  the  volume  of 
data  collected  and  stored  on  a  country-by-country  basis.  In  addition,  the  volume 
of  data  collected  (and  stored)  from  users in  a  country  may  not  necessarily  reflect 
an effective contribution to the profits generated by the non-resident enterprise, as 
the value of raw data is rather uncertain and particularly volatile. 
7.6.1.4 Possible combinations of the revenue factor with the other factors 
281. For  purposes  of  this  potential  option,  total  revenue  in  excess  of  the  revenue 
threshold would be an indicator of the existence of a significant economic presence. 
282. Total  revenue,  however,  may  not  by  itself  suffice  to  evidence  a  non-resident 
enterprise’s  regular  and  sustained  participation  in  the  economic  life  of  a  country.  To 
be  an  appropriate  measure  of  participation  in  the  economic  life  of  a  country,  the 
revenue  factor  could  be  combined  with  other  factors,  such  as  the  digital  and/or  user-
based factors that indicate a purposeful and sustained interaction with the economy of 
the  country  concerned.  In  other  words,  a  link  would  have  to  be  created  between  the 
revenue-generating  activity  of  the  non-resident  enterprise  and  its  significant  economic 
presence  in  the  country.  The  choice  of  which  factors  should  be  combined  with  the 
revenue factor to ascertain whether a significant economic presence should be deemed 
to  exist  is  likely  to  be  driven  by  the  unique  features  and economic  attributes  of  each 
market (e.g., size, local language, currency restrictions, banking system). 
283. This  concept  may  be  illustrated  by  an  example.  If  a  non-resident  enterprise 
generates  gross  revenues  above  the  threshold  from  transactions  with  in-country 
customers  concluded  electronically  through  a  localised  digital  platform  where  the 
customer  is  required  to  create  a  personalised  account  and  utilise  the  local  payment 
options  offered on the  site to  execute the  purchase,  it  could  be  considered  that  there is 
a  link  between  the  revenue  generated  from  that  country  and  the  digital  and/or  user-
based factors evidencing a significant economic presence in that country. In contrast, it 
would  be  more  difficult  to  find  such  a  link  where  a  non-resident  enterprise generates
72 | P a g e 
 
gross  revenues  above  the  threshold  from  transactions  with  in-country  customers 
through  in-person  negotiation  taking  place  outside  of  the  market  jurisdiction,  if  the 
enterprise  only  maintains  a  passive  website  that  provides  product  information  with  no 
functionalities  permitting  transactions  or  intensive  interaction  with  users  (including 
data collection).” 
103. The  Report  also  notes  that  to  apply  this  nexus,  appropriate  modifications  would  be 
required  in  the  rules  related  to  attribution  of  profits to  the  entity,  and  observes  that  existing 
rules  of  attributing  profits  may face  limitations  when  applied  to  the  digital  economy.56 It  notes 
that the  existing methods  for  attributing  profits  may  need  to  be  modified  substantially  before 
they can be applied to determine attributable income that would be subject to tax in the source 
jurisdiction  on  the  basis of  the  new nexus  based on  significant  economic presence.  The  Report 
analyses in greater detail, the possibility of applying fractional apportionment, and states that it 
was not pursued further because of the difficulties in its application. It also considers the option 
of  applying  a  “modified  deemed  profit  method”  and suggests  that  the  “deemed  profit  method” 
based  on  presumptive  profits may  offer  a  feasible  and  simple  solution for  this  problem, 
although  there  would  be  issues  that  will  need  to  be  considered  and  sorted  before  it  could  be 
applied.  =t  also  suggests  that  “deemed  profits” can  be  adopted  as  a  rebuttable  presumption, 
wherein an enterprise will have an opportunity to show that its actual profits attributable to the 
tax jurisdiction are lesser or not there (as in the case of a loss making enterprise).57 
104. After  considering  these observations  made  in  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  (2015), 
the  Committee arrived  at  a  view that while  a  new  nexus  based  on  significant  economic 
presence  is  fully  justified  and  can  be  adopted  in  the  domestic  laws  and  the  tax  treaties,  the 
consequent issues of attribution of profits in a bilateral tax treaty may need to be analysed in 
greater  detail  in  order  to  find  solutions  that  could  ensure  simplicity,  predictability  and 
certainty  in  the  tax  regime,  without  imposing  costs  of  compliance  and  administration  that 
could  become  prohibitive  or  detrimental  to its  application. It  also  becomes  apparent  that  till 
these  issues  related  to  the  attribution  of profits  are sorted out  more  clearly and accepted by 
the  international  community,  a  simpler option might  be  preferable, particularly  in the Indian 
context.58 The  Committee  also  noted  that  the lack  of  clarity  and  uniformity  of  views  in 
respect  of  attribution  of  profits  can  be  a  significant  constraint  in including  this  option  in  the 
bilateral tax treaties.  
                                                           56 Paragraphs 284 to 291 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 57 Paragraph 291 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 58 The Committee also noted that in respect of Attribution of Profits, India has taken positions on the modified 
Article 7 in the OECD Model Convention that indicate its differences with the OECD approach. While the existing 
tax treaties of India are based on the UN Model, the differences in approach to attribution of income could pose 
additional challenges in the Indian context.
73 | P a g e 
 
105. The  Committee,  however,  was  of  the  view  that  necessary  changes  in  the  domestic 
laws  to  clearly provide  that  “significant  economic  presence”  constitutes  a  business  presence 
needs  to  be considered  by including this  option  as  a  nexus criteria for  taxing income  that  is 
“deemed  to  arise  in  India”.  The  Committee  considers  that  this  can  be  done irrespective  of 
whether  this  option  is  included in the  tax  treaties,  while  also  noting  that  such  an  option 
would be sufficient for taxing income unless the tax treaties also provide for such taxation of 
income. 
9.2 Option 2: Withholding tax on digital transactions 
106. The second  option  identified  by  the Task  Force  on  Digital  Economy  is  application  of  a 
withholding  tax  on  payments  arising  from  within  a  tax  jurisdiction, on  digital  transactions.  In 
essence,  this  option  is  substantially  similar  to  the  similar withholding  tax  that  already  exists  in 
respect  of  payments  made  as  interest,  dividend,  royalty  and  fee  for  technical  services  in  tax 
treaties. Such tax can be levied at a concessional rate, on the gross amount of the payment, and 
offers  a  relatively easier solution of  addressing  the  tax  challenges  of  digital  economy,  when 
applied  as  a  standalone  final  tax.  Alternatively,  it  can  also  be  combined  with  the  new  nexus 
based on significant economic presence, as an effective means for collecting tax, particularly in 
the context of B2B transactions. The Report details this option in paragraphs 292 to 298, which 
are reproduced below for ease of reference: 
“7.6.3 A withholding tax on digital transactions  
292.  A  withholding  tax  on  payments  by  residents  (and  local  PEs)  of  a  country  for 
goods  and  services  purchased  online  from  non-resident  providers  has  also  been 
considered.  This  withholding  tax  could  in  theory  be  imposed  as  a  standalone  gross-
basis  final  withholding  tax  on  certain  payments  made  to  non-resident  providers  of 
goods and services ordered online or, alternatively, as a primary collection mechanism 
and  enforcement  tool  to  support  the  application  of  the  nexus  option  described  above, 
i.e.  net-basis  taxation.  Both  approaches  raise  similar  technical  issues  with  respect  to 
the  scope  of  transactions  covered  and  the  collection  of  the  ensuing  tax  liability.  In 
addition,  the  application  of  a  standalone  final  withholding  tax  raises  specific 
challenges regarding trade obligations and EU law.  
7.6.3.1 Scope of transactions covered 
293.  The  scope  of  transactions  covered  by  the  tax  must  be  clearly  defined,  so  that 
taxpayers  and  withholding  agents  will  know  when  the  tax  applies,  and  to  ensure  that 
tax  administrations  will  be  able  to  ensure  compliance.  The  scope  should  also  be 
defined  as  simply  as  possible  in  order  to  avoid  unnecessary  complexity  and 
classification  disputes.  The  need for clarity  and  simplicity,  however,  must be  balanced 
against  a  need  to  ensure  that  similar  types  of  transactions  will  be  taxed  similarly,  in 
order to avoid creating incentives for or against particular ways of structuring them.  
294.  For  this  purpose,  although  listing  specific  types  of  transactions  covered  would 
provide a degree of clarity, it would also likely result in disputes over the character of 
transactions,  particularly  as  technology  continues  to  advance.  Such  an  approach  also
74 | P a g e 
 
could  lead  to  differences  in  treatment  for  tax  purposes  between  economically 
equivalent  transactions  depending  on  their  form.  For  this  reason,  a  more  general 
definition of covered transactions appears more appropriate. The tax could be applied, 
for  example,  to  transactions  for  goods  or  services  ordered  online  (i.e.  digital  sales 
transactions),  or  to  all  sales  operations  concluded  remotely  with  non-residents.  The 
latter would have the advantage of flexibility, and would ensure tax neutrality between 
similar  ways  of  doing  business,  and  may  reduce  disputes  over  characterisation.  In 
addition,  if  withholding  is  used  as  a  tool  to  support  net-basis  taxation,  a  broad  scope 
covering  all  distance  selling  would  be  more  consistent  with  the  sales  threshold 
discussed above in the context of a nexus based on significant economic presence.  
7.6.3.2 Collection of the tax 
295.  In practice, the liability to pay a withholding tax on outbound payments is often 
shifted  from  the  non-resident  enterprise  to  a  local  collecting  agent,  such  as  the 
customer  or  a  third-party  payment  processing  intermediary.  For  such  a  mechanism  to 
function  efficiently,  the  agent  responsible  for  withholding  must  have access  to 
information  about  the  covered  transactions  sufficient  to  know  when  the  tax  will  apply, 
and must be reasonably expected to comply with its obligation to withhold.   
296.  In  the  case  of  B2B  transactions,  businesses  resident  in  the  source  country  may 
reasonably  be  expected  to  comply  with  the  withholding  obligation.  In  the  case  of  B2C 
transactions,  however,  requiring  withholding  from  the  payor  would  be  more 
challenging  as  private  consumers  have  little  experience  nor  incentive  to  declare  and 
pay  the  tax  due.  Moreover,  enforcing  the  collection  of  small  amounts  of  withholding 
from  large  numbers  of  private  consumers  would  involve  considerable  costs  and 
administrative challenges. 
297. One  possible  solution  would  be  to  require  intermediaries  processing  the 
payment to withhold on the payment in a B2C context. As a practical matter, however, 
this  presents  several  technical  issues.  For  example,  an  intermediary  would  generally 
not  have  access  to  transaction-identifying  information  enabling  it  to  determine  its 
character  and  hence  the  amount  of  tax  due.  In  practice,  it  would  only  see  a  value 
without  any  description  of  the  underlying  transaction,  in  which  case  it  would  not  be 
able to determine with sufficient certainty when it was required to withhold. The task of 
the  intermediary  could  be  facilitated  if  the  collection  regime  is  supplemented  by  a 
mandatory  registration  system  for  non-resident  enterprises  whereby  all  remote  sellers 
of  goods  and  services  must  designate  a  dedicated  bank  account  for  all  payments 
received from  local  customers.  In  the  latter  situation,  intermediaries  may  be  required 
to  withhold  the  tax  only  for  payments  made  to  these  specific  bank  accounts.  However, 
the  application  of  this  approach  may  pose  challenges  in  imposing  compliance 
obligations on intermediaries that are situated in third-countries with no connection to 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  customer,  thereby  creating  opportunities  for  tax  avoidance 
strategies. 
7.6.3.3  Negative  impact  of  gross-basis  taxation  and  relationship  with  trade 
and other obligations 
298. The  initial  development  and  hosting  of  the  technology  required  to  provide 
products  and  services  online  typically  requires  substantial  up-front  investment  of 
resources,  including  labour  and  capital.  After  initial  creation  of  the  technology, 
however,  providing  products  and  services  online  frequently  requires  only  limited 
marginal costs for businesses. Where this is the case, it has been argued that payments 
made  in  consideration  for  digital  goods  or  services  share  common  features  with
75 | P a g e 
 
royalties and  fees  for  technical  services,  i.e.  that  gross  revenue  is  a  reliable  proxy  for 
net  income.  In  many  businesses,  however,  providing  products  and  services  online  will 
require  ongoing  expenditures  for  continued  product  development  (including 
maintenance  of products  and  addition  of  new  features),  marketing,  and  ongoing 
customer  support  due  to  rapid  product  cycles  as  technology  and  competition  evolve. 
Where  this  is  the  case,  imposition  of  withholding  tax  on  gross  revenues  will  be  an 
imperfect proxy for tax on net income. One potential way to reduce the negative impact 
of  gross-basis  taxation  would  be  to  fix  the  rate  at  a  relatively  low  amount  that  would 
reflect  typical  profit  margins.  Such  margins  could  be  determined,  for  example,  on  the 
basis  of  a  statistical analysis  of  actual  profit  margins  of  local  domestic  taxpayers 
operating in the same specific class of industry or type of business.” 
107. The Report  proposes  the  option  of  Withholding  Tax  as  a  simple,  predictable  and 
pragmatic solution that avoids many of the difficulties associated with the first option, and can 
be  applied  on  payments  for  digital  services  that  share  characteristics  with  royalty  and  fee  for 
technical  services.  It also  details  the  possible  alternative  ways  in  which  it  can  be  planned  and 
designed  to  take  care  of  the  compliance  issues  and  gross  amount  taxation  concerns.  It 
acknowledges that the withholding tax can be expected to be complied through the process of 
withholding  by  payers  in  the  B2B  transactions,  but  would pose  greater  challenges  in  B2C 
transactions.  Regarding  the  hardships  associated  with  taxing  gross amount,  instead  of  the  net 
income, it suggests considering a relatively lower tax rate.  
108. After  taking  cognizance  of  these  observations,  the  Committee  considers  that  the 
option of “withholding tax” offers a practical way of allocating partial taxing rights in respect 
of income from digital economy, which shares attributes that may be similar to royalty or fee 
for  technical  services,  and  which  can  be  complied  in  respect  of  B2B  transactions  by  the 
process of withholding. However, such a tax on income would be feasible only if it is included 
in the tax treaties, which take precedence over Indian domestic laws, unless it is designed as 
a tax on the gross payment.  
9.3 Option 3: Equalization Levy 
109. The  third  option  considered  by  the  Task  Force  on  Digital  Economy,  is  termed  as 
“Equalization  Levy”.  The word  ‘equalization’  represents  the objective of  ensuring  tax  neutrality 
between different businesses conducted through differing business models or residing within or 
outside the taxing jurisdiction. In particular, this levy seeks to bring the foreign enterprises that 
earn  significant  income  from  a  jurisdiction  that  erodes  its  tax  base.59 This  option  is  detailed  in 
paragraphs 302 to 308, which are reproduced here for ease of reference: 
                                                           59  The base erosion can take place either directly in a straight forward manner, by claim of deduction in respect of 
payments by businesses in B2B transactions, and indirectly by reducing the resources available for the domestic 
suppliers of goods and services
76 | P a g e 
 
“7.6.4 Introducing an “equalisation levy” 
302. To  avoid  some  of  the  difficulties  arising  from  creating  new  profit  attribution 
rules for purposes of a nexus based on significant economic presence, an “equalisation 
levy”  could  be  considered  as  an  alternative  way  to  address  the  broader  direct  tax 
challenges  of  the  digital  economy.  This  approach  has  been  used  by  some  countries  in 
order to ensure equal treatment of foreign and domestic suppliers. For example, in the 
area  of  insurance,  some  countries  have  adopted  equalisation  levies  in  the  form  of 
excise  taxes  based  on  the  amount  of  gross  premiums  paid  to  offshore  suppliers.  Such 
taxes  are  intended  to  address  a  disparity  in  tax  treatment  between  domestic 
corporations engaged in insurance activities and wholly taxable on the related profits, 
and  foreign  corporations  that  are  able  to  sell  insurance  without  being  subject  to 
income tax on those profits, neither in the state from where the premiums are collected 
nor  in  state of  residence.  As  discussed below,  an equalisation levy  could  be structured 
in  a  variety  of  ways  depending  on  its  ultimate  policy  objective.  In  general,  an 
equalisation levy would be intended to serve as a way to tax a non-resident enterprise's 
significant economic  presence  in  a  country.  In  order  to  provide  clarity,  certainty  and 
equity  to  all  stakeholders,  and  to  avoid  undue  burden  on  small  and  medium-sized 
businesses,  therefore,  the  equalisation  levy  would  be  applied  only  in  cases  where  it  is 
determined that a non-resident enterprise has a significant economic presence. 
7.6.4.1 Scope of the levy 
303. If  the  policy  priority  is  to  tax  remote  sales  transactions  with  customers  in  a 
market  jurisdiction,  one  possibility  is  to  apply  the  levy  to  all  transactions  concluded 
remotely with in-country customers. To target the scope of the levy more closely to the 
situation  in  which  a  business  establishes  and  maintains  a  purposeful  and  sustained 
interaction  with  users  or  customers  in  a  specific  country  via  an  online  presence,  the 
levy  would  be  applied  only  where  the  business  maintains  a  significant  economic 
presence as described above.  
304. An  alternative  would  be  to  limit  the  scope  to  transactions  involving  the 
conclusion through automated systems of a contract for the sale (or exchange) of goods 
and  services  between  two  or  more  parties  effectuated  through  a  digital  platform. 
Although  this  would  create  an  incentive  to  choose  non-digital  means  of  conducting 
transactions, it would also focus more closely on the specific types of transactions that 
have  generated  concern.  There  is  no  rule,  however,  that  prevents  a  broader  scope  of 
application.  Indeed,  focusing  too  narrowly  on  specific  types  of  transactions  may  limit 
the  flexibility  of  the  levy  to  accommodate  future  developments,  which  would  limit  its 
ultimate  effectiveness  in  addressing  the  tax  disparity  between  foreign  and  domestic 
suppliers  of  products  through  an  online  presence.  The  levy  would  be  imposed  on  the 
gross  value  of  the  goods  or  services  provided  to  in-country  customers  and  users,  paid 
by  in-country  customers  and  users,  and  collected  by  the  foreign  enterprise  via  a 
simplified registration regime, or collected by a local intermediary.  
305. Alternatively,  if  the  policy  priority  is  to  tax  the  value  considered  to  be  directly 
contributed  by  customers  and  users,  then  a  levy  could  be  imposed  on  data  and  other 
contributions  gathered  from  in-country  customers  and  users.  For  that  purpose,  a 
number  of  options  could  be  available.  One  option  would  be  to  impose  a  charge  based 
on the  average  number  of  MAU  in  the  country.  As  noted  above,  however,  measuring 
MAU  accurately  may  prove  to  be  challenging.  Moreover,  the  number  of  MAU  of  a 
foreign  enterprise  may  not  be  directly  related  to  in-country  revenue  generated  by  a 
foreign  enterprise.  Setting  an  appropriate  rate  for  a  levy  measured  by  active  users
77 | P a g e 
 
would  also  be  challenging,  as  the  average  value  of  each  user  to  a  non-resident 
enterprise may vary widely. Another option would be to base the levy on the volume of 
data  collected  from  in-country  customers  and  users.  Similar  to  MAU,  however,  data 
may  also  vary  widely  in  value  depending  on  its  content  and  the  purpose  for  which  it 
was  gathered,  and  it  would  be  challenging  to  identify  a  reliable  direct  connection 
between  the  in-country  revenue and  the  data  collected  from  in-country  customers  and 
users.  
7.6.4.2  Potential Trade and other Issues 
306. As  is  the  case  with  the  imposition  of  a  gross-basis  final  withholding  tax,  a  levy 
that  applied  only  to  non-resident  enterprises  would  be  likely  to  raise  substantial 
questions  both  with  respect  to  trade  agreements  and  with  respect  to  EU  law.  In  order 
to  address  these  questions,  potential  solutions  that  would  ensure  equal  treatment  of 
domestic  and  non-resident  enterprises  would  need  to  be  explored,  as  discussed  above 
in  section  7.6.3.3.  Depending  on  the  structure  of  the  levy,  one  option  that  could  be 
considered  would  be  to  impose  the  tax  on  both  domestic  and  foreign  entities.  If  this 
approach  were  to  be  taken,  however,  presumably  consideration  would  also need  to  be 
given  to  ways  to  mitigate  the  potential  impact  of  applying  both  the  corporate  income 
tax  and  the  levy  to  domestic  entities  and  foreign  entities  taxable  under  existing 
corporate income tax rules. 
7.6.4.3 Relationship with corporate income tax 
307. Imposing  an  equalisation  levy  raises  risks  that  the  same  income  would  be 
subject  to  both  corporate  income  tax  and  the  levy.  This  could  arise  either  in  the 
situation  in  which  a  foreign  entity  is  subject  to  the  levy  at  source  and  to  corporate 
income tax in its country of residence or in the situation in which an entity is subject to 
both  corporate  income  tax  and  the  levy  in  the  country  of  source.  In  the  case  of  a 
foreign  entity,  for  example,  if  the  income  is  subject  to  corporate  income  tax  in  the 
country  of  residence  of  the  enterprise,  the  levy  would  be  unlikely  to  be  creditable 
against that tax. To address these potential concerns, it would be necessary to structure 
the levy to apply only to situations in which the income would otherwise be untaxed or 
subject only to a very low rate of tax. 
308. Another approach could be to allow a taxpayer subject to both CIT and the levy 
to  credit  the  levy  against  its  domestic  corporate  income  tax.  Such  an  approach  would 
ensure  that foreign entities  with  no  nexus  for  corporate  income tax  purposes  would  be 
subject only to the levy in the source country, while the tax burden of entities subject to 
corporate tax would effectively be limited to the greater of the corporate income tax or 
the levy”  
110. The  Committee  observes that  the  BEPS  Report  conceptualizes  Equalization  Levy  as  a 
tax  that  is  different  from  the  Corporate  Income  Tax,  and  thus  may  not  necessarily  be 
subjected  to  the  limitations  of  tax  treaties. The  Report  does  not  prescribe  any  particular 
design  that  must  be  adhered  to,  but  suggests  that  it  could  be  a  tax  on  the  gross  payment 
arising from digital economy. Such a tax on the gross amount of payment, would thus be very 
similar  to  the  second  option  of  withholding  tax,  except  that  it,  not  being  a  tax  on  income, 
would not  be  covered  by  the  obligations  of  the  tax  treaties,  and  hence  can  be  levied  under 
domestic laws, even without changes in the tax treaties.
78 | P a g e 
 
9.4 Various Options as Alternatives or Compliments 
111. The three options identified in the work in Action 1 need not be considered in exclusion 
to each other. Paragraph 276 of the Report observes as under: 
“Like the challenges they are intended to address, the impact of these options overlaps in 
a number of respects. They have therefore been conceived in a way that allows them to be 
either  combined  into  a  single  option  or  chosen  individually.  More  specifically,  elements 
of  the  3  potential  options  could  be  combined  into  a  new  concept  of  nexus  for  net-basis 
taxation  (a  “significant  economic  presence”),  with  the  intent to  reflect  situations  where 
an enterprise leverages digital technology to participate in the economic life of a country 
in a regular and sustained manner without having a physical presence in that country. In 
this  context,  the  application  of  a  withholding tax  on  digital  transactions  could  be 
considered as a tool to enforce compliance with net taxation based on this potential new 
nexus,  while  an  equalisation  levy  could  be  considered  as  an  alternative  to  overcome  the 
difficulties raised by the attribution of income to the new nexus.” 
112. Thus,  the Report  on  Action  1  acknowledges  the  possibility  of  combining  more  than  one 
option  together.  This  also  opens  up  the  possibility  of  beginning  with  the option  that  is  most 
feasible  at  a  given  point  of  time,  and  then  supplementing  it  with  other  options that 
subsequently become feasible. In the light of its observations as reproduced above, it becomes 
clear  that  it  may  be  preferable  to  tax  the  income  on  a  net  basis  by  adopting  a  new  nexus 
consisting  of  “significant  economic  presence”,  and  using  the  option  of  withholding  tax  as  the 
means  for  collecting  the  tax,  particularly  in  business  to  business  transactions  where  such  a 
mechanism already exists in the tax laws of many countries and can be implemented, relatively 
easily. The  Task  Force  considered  the  option  of  Equalization  Levy as  an  alternative  to  the  first 
two that is simpler, avoids the difficulties arising from lack of clarity and universal consensus on 
how to attribute the profits to different jurisdictions, and hence as an option that may be more 
feasible  to  implement  at  this  stage,  where  several  issues  in  respect  of  the  first  option  remain 
unclear.  
9.5 Recommendations of BEPS Report on Action 1 on these options  
113. These options were considered in detail by the Task Force on Digital Economy, which 
took note of the various issues relevant to each of these options, and concluded as under: 
“357.  As regards the different options analysed, TFDE has concluded that: 
 The  option  to  modify  the  exceptions  to  PE  status  in  order  to  ensure  that  they 
are  available  only  for  activities  that  are  in  fact  preparatory  or  auxiliary  in 
nature  has  been  considered  by  the  TFDE  and  adopted  as  part  of  the  work  on 
Action  7  of  the  BEPS  Project. In  order  to  ensure  that  profits  derived  from  core 
activities  performed  in  a  country  can  be  taxed  in  that  country,  it  was  agreed  to 
modify  Article  5(4)  to  ensure  that  each  of  the  exceptions  included  therein  is
79 | P a g e 
 
restricted  to  activities  that  are  otherwise  of  a  “preparatory  or  auxiliary” 
character.  In  addition,  a  new  anti-fragmentation  rule  was  introduced  to  ensure 
that it is  not  possible to  benefit from  these exceptions  through  the  fragmentation 
of  business  activities  among  closely  related  enterprises.  These  changes  to  the 
definition  of  PE  of  the  OECD  Model  Tax  Convention  are  included  in  the  report 
Preventing  the  Artificial  Avoidance  of  PE  Status  (OECD,  2015)  and  are  now 
expected  to  be  implemented  across  the  existing  tax  treaty  network  in  a 
synchronised  and  efficient  manner  via  the  conclusion  of  the  multilateral 
instrument that modifies bilateral tax treaties under Action 15.2 
 The  collection  of  VAT/GST  on  cross-border  transactions,  particularly  those 
between  businesses  and  consumers,  is  an  important  issue.  In  this  regard, 
countries are recommended to apply the principles of the International VAT/GST 
Guidelines  and  consider  the  introduction  of  the  collection  mechanisms  included 
therein. Implementation packages will be developed to ensure that countries can 
implement  the  International  VAT/GST  Guidelines  in  a  co-ordinated  manner. 
Work  in  this  area  will  be  carried  out  by  the  WP9,  with  the  Associates  in  the 
BEPS Project participating on an equal footing. 
 Some aspects of the broader direct tax challenges currently raised by the digital 
economy  are  expected  to  be  mitigated  once  the  BEPS  measures  are 
implemented.  This  is  because  once  implemented,  the  BEPS  measures  are 
expected  to  better  align  the  location  of  taxable  profits  with  the  location  of 
economic  activity  and  value  creation.  This  will  address  BEPS  and  restore  both 
source  and  residence  taxation  in  a  number  of  cases  where  cross-border  income 
would  otherwise  go  untaxed  or  would  be  taxed  at  very  low  rates.  In  addition, 
even  in  the  modern  digital  economy  many  businesses  often  still  require  a  local 
physical  presence  in  order  to  be  present  in  a  market  and  maintain  a  purposeful 
and sustained interaction with the economy of that country. In this context, BEPS 
measures  such  as  the  modification  of  Article  5(4)  of  the  OECD  Model  Tax 
Convention  are  expected  to  also  mitigate  some aspects  of  the  broader  tax 
challenges.  As  a  consequence,  a  quick  implementation  of  the  BEPS  measures  is 
needed, together with mechanisms to monitor their impact over time.  
 None  of  the  other  options  analysed  by  the  TFDE  were  recommended  at  this 
stage. This is  because,  among  other  reasons,  it  is  expected  that  the  measures 
developed  in  the  BEPS  Project  will  have  a  substantial  impact  on  BEPS  issues 
previously  identified  in  the  digital  economy,  that  certain  BEPS  measures  will 
mitigate some aspects of the broader tax challenges, and that consumption taxes 
will  be  levied  effectively  in  the  market  country.  The  options  analysed  by  the 
TFDE to address the broader direct tax challenges, namely the new nexus in the 
form  of  a  significant  economic  presence,  the  withholding  tax  on  certain  types  of 
digital transactions and the equalisation levy, would require substantial changes 
to  key  international  tax  standards  and  would  require  further  work.  In  the 
changing  international  tax  environment  a  number  of  countries  have  expressed  a 
concern  about  how  international  standards  on  which  bilateral  tax  treaties  are 
based allocate taxing rights between source and residence States. At this stage, it 
is  however  unclear  whether  these  changes  are  warranted  to  deal  with  the 
changes  brought  about  by  advances  in  ICT.  Taking  the  above  into  account,  and 
in the absence of data on the actual scope of these broader direct tax challenges, 
the  TFDE  did  not  recommend  any  of  the  three  options  as  internationally  agreed 
standards.
80 | P a g e 
 
 Countries  could,  however,  introduce  any  of  the  options  in  their  domestic  laws 
as  additional  safeguards  against  BEPS,  provided  they  respect  existing  treaty 
obligations,  or  in  their  bilateral  tax  treaties. The  adoption  of  the  options  as 
domestic law measures could be considered, for example, if a country concludes 
that BEPS  issues  exacerbated  by the  digital  economy are  not  fully  addressed, or 
to account for the time lag between agreement on the measures to tackle BEPS at 
the  international  level  and  their  actual  implementation  and  application.  The 
options may provide broad safeguards against BEPS and ensure that a domestic 
taxing  right  is  available  for  remote  transactions  involving  digital  goods  and 
services,  which  is  currently  not  the  case  under  most  countries’  domestic  laws. 
Countries  could  take  this  approach  with  the  intent  to  address  their  concerns 
about  BEPS  issues  in  the  short  term  and  gain  practical  experience  with  the 
application  of  the  options  over  time,  fostering  coordinated  domestic  law 
approaches  and  informing  possible  future  discussions.  In  addition,  countries 
could bilaterally agree to include any of the options in their tax treaties. 
 Adoption  as  domestic  law  measures  would  require  further  calibration  of  the 
options  in order  to  provide  additional  clarity  about  the  details,  as  well  as  some 
adaptation to ensure consistency with existing international legal commitments. 
Consistency  with  bilateral  tax  treaty  obligations  would  have  to  be  ensured,  for 
example  by  applying  the  options  solely  with  respect  to  residents  of  non-treaty 
countries, or in situations in which benefits of the treaty may be denied due to the 
application of anti-abuse rules that are in conformity with tax treaty obligations.”   
114. The Committee notes that while the Task Force on Digital Economy did not recommend 
any  of  the  options  at  this  stage,  primarily  since  adopting  them “would  require  substantial 
changes to key international tax standards and would require further work”, it also concluded 
that  “Countries  could,  however,  introduce  any  of  the  options  in  their  domestic  laws  as 
additional  safeguards  against  BEPS,  provided  they  respect  existing  treaty  obligations,  or  in 
their  bilateral  tax treaties”. =t also notes that the Task Force concluded that “The  options  may 
provide  broad  safeguards  against  BEPS  and  ensure  that  a  domestic  taxing  right  is  available 
for  remote  transactions  involving  digital  goods  and  services,  which  is  currently  not  the  case 
under  most  countries’  domestic  laws.  Countries  could  take  this  approach  with  the  intent  to 
address their concerns about BEPS issues in the short term and gain practical experience with 
the  application  of  the  options  over time,  fostering  coordinated  domestic  law approaches and 
informing  possible  future  discussions.” The  Committee  also  noted  that  these  conclusions may 
have  been derived  as  much  from  the political  preferences  of  the  participating  countries,  as 
much by the technical analysis undertaken as part of this work.60 
                                                           60 The Committee also took note of the fact that there were differences in individual preferences of the countries 
participating in the BEPS Project on this issue, arising largely from their respective national interests. Countries that 
benefit from existing international taxation rules that limit the taxing rights of the source jurisdiction, are more 
likely to resist any changes, and supported maintaining a status quo in the work on BEPS Action 1, whereas 
countries with large markets, who are losing out as a result of outdated nexus rules preferred changes in the rules. 
The conclusions of the Task Force represent a compromise between the differing views of the participants, and can 
be seen as the best possible solution that could be arrived as a consensus in this work at this stage. It may not be
81 | P a g e 
 
115. Thus, the  Committee  takes  cognizance  of the fact that  an international consensus has 
now  emerged among  G-20  and  OECD  Countries, which recognizes  and  accepts  the  right  of  a 
country to adopt any of the options identified in the Report on BEPS Action 1, in its domestic 
laws or in its bilateral tax treaties. The Committee also notes that since the Task Force did not 
“recommend”  these  options  at  this  stage,  they  have  not  yet  acquired  the  status  of  a 
“universally applicable standard”, which may limit the feasibility of adoption of these options 
in the bilateral tax treaties.  
116. The  Committee  also  notes that  among  the  options  recognized  and  examined  by  the 
Task  Force,  the  option  of  “a  new  nexus  based  on significant  economic  presence”  can  be 
adopted in the Income-tax Act, 1961, but will not be sufficient for taxing income on the basis 
of  this  new  nexus,  unless  any  applicable  tax  treaty61 is  also  amended  by  inserting  this  new 
nexus. Similarly,  the  adoption  of  a  final  (or  intermittent) “withholding  tax on  digital 
transactions” in  the  Income-tax  Act,  1961,  may  also  be  rendered  ineffective  unless  the  same 
option  is  also  included  in  the  applicable  tax  treaty.  The  Committee also notes  that  India  is 
committed  to the  obligations  made  by  it  under  the  tax  treaties,  which  largely  limit  the 
application and effectiveness of adopting these options in Income-tax Act, 1961.  
117. The Committee takes note of the fact that these limitations, however, do not limit the 
adoption  or  application  of  the  third  option,  i.e.  ‘Equalization  Levy’ which  has  been  
recognized  in  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  as  being  different  from  corporate  income  tax. 
Thus, unless it is levied on ‘income’ that may fall within the scope of taxes covered under the 
tax  treaties  that  relate  to  taxes  on  income,  this  option  can  be  implemented  under  the 
domestic  laws.  The  Committee  also  notes  that this  option  is  put  forth  in  the  BEPS  Report  on 
Action 1 as one that can be considered as an alternative to the other two, as a simpler option 
devoid of  the  difficulties  that  are  associated with the  more intractable issue of  attribution  of 
profits.  
118. In  view  of  the  conclusions  drawn  by  the  BEPS  Report  1  on  Action  1,  the  Committee  is 
of  the  view  that  among  the  three  options  that  can  be  adopted  under  domestic  laws,  the 
‘Equalization Levy’ is the most feasible option.  
 
                                                                                                                                                                                           
wrong to say that the conclusions of the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015) represent a result that derived largely 
from the political interactions among the participants. The Committee notes that having accepted and endorsed 
the BEPS Report on Action 1, it would be preferable for India to adhere to the conclusions that have been made in 
the BEPS Report on Action 1. 
61 Under Section 90 (2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the provisions of an agreement entered into by the Central 
Government with another country of specified jurisdiction, will apply to the extent they are more beneficial to the 
taxpayer.
82 | P a g e 
 
9.6  Need for adopting an Option at this stage 
119. The  Report  on  BEPS  Action  1  is  ambivalent  on  whether  an  option  should  be  adopted  at 
this stage or not. It stops short of recommending adoption of an option to address the broader 
challenges  of  digital  economy  at  this  stage or  suggest  any  immediate  modifications in  the 
Model  Tax  Conventions,  but  also  makes  it  clear  that  countries  that  wish  to  do  so may  adopt 
such  options  either  in  their  domestic  laws  in  a  manner  that  is  not  restrained  by  tax  treaty 
obligations, and/or in their bilateral tax treaties, where other Contracting State also agrees.  
120. As the BEPS Report on Action 1 also seems to recommend further work in this area, the 
Committee  considered  the  need  for  adopting  an  option  at  this  stage,  along  with  the other 
alternative  of  leaving  such  action  for  a  future  date.  In  this  consideration,  the  Committee notes 
that while the BEPS Report suggests further work, no clear framework for undertaking this work 
has  been  determined.  The  further work suggested  in  the  Report62 focuses  primarily  on 
monitoring  the  developments  in  digital  economy,  and reviewing  the  same  in  2020,  which  is 
another four years from now. Even after that, it is not clear as to whether it will be possible to 
have  a  combined  exercise  on  the  scale  undertaken  in  the  BEPS  Project,  and  so,  even  if  any 
further  work  is  undertaken,  it  is  not  clear  as  to  whether  such  work  can  be  expected  to  lead  to 
any actionable outcomes.  
121. The  Committee  also  takes  cognizance  of  the  fact  that  there  are  differences  in  the 
preferences  and  positions  of  countries  on  allocation  of  taxing  rights,  as  apparent  from  the 
differences  between  the  OECD  Model  and  the  UN  Model,  and  notes  that  such  differences  that 
pertain  to the  issue  of  allocation  of  taxing  rights  between  the  jurisdiction  of  residence  and  the 
jurisdiction  of  source  have  always  been difficult  to  lead  to  any agreements,  or  further  changes 
in  the  status  quo.  Given  this  important  limitation, and  the  fact  that  while  making  a  suggestion 
for further work, the Task Force concluded to leave it to countries to adopt any of the options, 
the  Committee  is  of  the  view  that  there  appears  to  be  no  justification  for  not  taking  action  at 
this  stage. The  Committee  further  notes  that  the  evolution  of  the  consensus  for  changing  the 
international  tax  rules  may  actually  be  expedited  by  the  adoption and  implementation  of the 
options that have now been  made available  to the  source  jurisdictions,  either under  their 
domestic laws or bilateral treaties. 
122. The  Committee  also  considered  the  observation  made  by  the  Task  Force  that  the 
recommendations  of  BEPS  work  in  other  action  points  may  mitigate  some  aspects  of  the  BEPS 
in digital economy. The Committee notes that the BEPS Report on Action 1 clearly differentiates 
the  “BEPS  =ssues  in  digital  economy”  that  consist  of  artificial  arrangements  to  avoid  paying 
taxes,  from  the  “broader  tax  challenges  from  digital  economy”  that  consist  of the  limitation  of 
                                                           62 Chapter 10 of the BEPS Report on Action 1
83 | P a g e 
 
existing  international  taxation  rules  for  establishing  a  taxable  nexus,  and  while  certain 
recommendations like those in Action 6 of BEPS for preventing treaty abuse, or those in Action 
7  of  BEPS  for  preventing  artificial  avoidance  of  PE  Status,  may  have  some  impact  on  the “BEPS 
issues  in  digital  economy”,  there  is  virtually  nothing  in  the  outputs  or  outcomes  of  any  of  the 
other  Action  Points  of  BEPS  Project  that  can  address  the  broader  tax  challenges  related  to 
nexus,  characterization  and  data  that  formed  the  core  of  the  work  in  Action  1  of  BEPS  Project. 
Thus,  the  Committee  is  of  the  view  that  the  tax  challenges  that  are  proposed  to  be  addressed 
by  the  options  identified  in  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  are  unlikely  to  be  addressed  or 
mitigated  by actions  recommended  in  other  Actions  of  BEPS,  and  can  only  be  addressed  by 
adopting one of the options identified in Report on Action 1. 
9.7 Committee’s Observations 
123. In view the above considerations, the Committee is of the view that there is a need to 
consider  the  feasibility  of  adopting  the ‘Equalization  Levy’  under  domestic  laws  of  India  to 
address  the  tax  challenges  arising  from  the  digital  economy  at  this stage. The  Committee  is 
also  of  the  view  that  adopting  such  a  measure  at  this  stage  will  bring  greater  certainty  and 
predictability  to  all  the  stakeholders,  enable  them  to  take  it  into  account  while  making  their 
future  business  plans  and  pricing  of  products,  and  thereby  contribute  to  a  more  stable tax 
environment in India for digital economy.
84 | P a g e 
 
Section 10 
Characteristics of the Proposed ‘Equalization Levy’ 
 
 
 
 
124. Among  the  three  options  which  were  considered  under  Action  1  of  BEPS  Project,  and 
which can be implemented by various countries under their domestic laws, the only option that 
appears to be feasible and can be resorted to, without violating the obligations under a Double 
Taxation  Avoidance  Agreement,  is ‘Equalization Levy’.  The BEPS Report on  Action  1  does  not 
provide  any  detailed  design  of  such Equalization  Levy but  makes  a  suggestion  that  it  can  be 
designed  as  tax  on  the  gross  payments for digital goods  and  services,  which  is  different  from 
corporate income tax, but similar in design to the withholding tax. 
10.1 Objective of Equalization Levy  
125. Equalization  Levy  is  intended  to  be  a  tax  imposed  in  accordance  with  the  conclusions 
of  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  that  has  been  endorsed  by  G-20  and  OECD, on  payments 
made  for  digital  services to  foreign beneficial  owner63,  who  enjoy  an  unfair  advantage  over 
their Indian  competitors  providing  similar  services  by  digital  or  more  traditional means,  with 
the  objective  for  equalizing  their  tax  burden  with  other  businesses  that  are  subjected  to 
income-tax  in  India,  without  disturbing  the  existing  tax  treaties. Another  objective  of 
Equalization  Levy  is  to provide  greater  clarity,  certainty  and  predictability  in  respect  of 
characterization  of  payments  for  digital  services  and  consequent  tax  liabilities, to  all 
stakeholders,  so  as  to  minimize  costs  of  compliance  and  administration  and  minimize  tax 
disputes in these matters. The target transactions would be those conducted primarily through 
digital  or  telecommunication networks,  heavily  relying  upon latest telecommunication 
technology,  and  thereby  avoiding  the  need  of  a  physical  presence  in  India, i.e.  transactions 
which lead to  profits that  are not  appropriately  taxed  in  India  because  of  the  limitations of  the 
existing international taxation rules. As stated in the BEPS Report, it is intended to be an interim 
measure that may not be required once the international taxation rules are modified to address 
the  broad  tax  challenges  that  are  imposed  by  the  limitations  of  the  existing  international 
                                                           63 The Committee notes that the phrase “Beneficial Owner” may need to be defined appropriately in accordance 
with the international standards.
85 | P a g e 
 
taxation  rules  in  terms  of  nexus,  characterization  and  valuation  of  user  data  and 
contributions.64 
10.2  Differences from Withholding Tax 
126. Conceptually, such  a  tax  may  have  features  that  are  also  shared  by  the  withholding  tax 
that  is  often  levied  on  payments  that  give rise  to  income. However,  the  significant  difference, 
between  an ‘Equalization Levy’ that is proposed  to  be imposed on  gross  amount  of  payments, 
and the  withholding  tax  under  the  Income-tax  Act,  1961 would  be  that  under  the latter, 
withholding  tax  is  only  a mechanism  of  collecting  tax,  whereas  an ‘Equalization Levy’ on  gross 
payments  would  be  a  final  tax.  In  case  of  withholding  tax  under  the  Indian  Income  Tax  Act, 
1961,  the  tax  liability  of  a  taxpayer  is  determined  with  reference  to  its  total  income  as 
determined under the provisions of the Act, and the tax rate that may be applicable on it. If the 
tax collected by withholding mechanism is more than the tax determined under the Income-tax 
Act,  the  taxpayer  becomes entitled  to a refund,  while, if  the  tax  liability  is  more  than  the 
amount  withheld,  the  difference  needs  to  be  paid  by  the  tax  payer.  On  the  contrary, an 
Equalization  Levy would  be  determined  with  reference  to  the  gross amount  of  the payment 
and the rate of Equalization Levy applicable on it, which would be a full and final tax.65  
10.3 Tax on Amount of Payment for Specified Services & Not on Income: Hence 
Tax Treaties not Applicable 
127. As the Equalization Levy is imposed on the gross amount of transaction, and not on the 
income arising from such transaction, it is applicable irrespective of whether any income arising 
from  the  transaction  is  taxable  in  India  or  not. As  the  Equalization  Levy  is  not  imposed  on 
income, it does not fall within the scope of “income-tax” or “tax on income” or “any identical or 
substantially  similar  taxes”,  which  typically  define  the  scope  of  taxes  covered  within  the tax 
treaties.66 Thus,  the  inherent  concept  of ‘Equalization  Levy’  as  suggested  in  the  BEPS  Report 
on Action 1 keeps it outside the purview of the limitations imposed by tax treaties, a feature, 
which  makes  it  the  only  option  that  can  be  adopted  without  violating  or  in  any  other  way 
affecting the treaty obligations of the Contracting States in a tax treaty. 
                                                           64 In view of the Committee, the modification of existing international taxation rules may take a few years, or even 
more, given the differences in the preferences of different countries and the likely resistance from the countries 
that benefit from the limitations of the existing rules. 65 In the proposed Equalization Levy, the nexus between Indian jurisdiction and the taxpayer is proposed to be 
broadly similar to the nexus existing for royalty and fee for technical services, and would consist of payment arising 
from India or the utilization of services of rights in India. 
66 Article 2 of the Model Tax Convention and most of the tax treaties (Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements) 
defines the taxes that are covered by it. The provisions of the treaty are limited to these taxes and do not apply on 
other taxes, nor in any way affect the sovereign rights of either Contracting States to apply any other tax.
86 | P a g e 
 
10.4 Advantages of adopting Equalization Levy in Domestic Laws instead of tax 
treaties 
128. As  every  country  including  India  has  several  bilateral  tax  treaties,  and  since  there  could 
be lack of uniformity on the preferred design of an equalization levy among different countries, 
including the Equalization Levy in the tax treaties may, apart from being a prolonged, uncertain 
and  a  time  consuming  process, also result  in  a  number  of  variations  in  the  design  of  the 
equalization  levy  imposed  that  could  make  the  implementation  of  such  a  levy  very  difficult, 
uncertain  and costly for all stakeholders including the Government of India. Thus, compared to 
the  option  of  including  equalization  levy  in  a  tax  treaty,  the  option  of  imposing  the  same 
under  the  domestic  law  appears  to  have  significant  advantages  in  terms  of  providing 
simplicity,  uniformity  and  consistency  as  well  as  minimize  the  cost  of  administration  and 
compliance, and is therefore, a preferred option. Such a levy cannot, however, be imposed on 
income and would need to be imposed on the transacted amount or payment itself. 
10.5  Placement in domestic laws: Outside the Income-tax Act, 1961  
129. If  the  equalization  levy  is  to  be  imposed  under  the  domestic  laws  of  India, if  it is not  to 
be  imposed  on  income,  and  if  it  is  not  to  be  covered  by  the  treaty  obligations  imposed  by  the 
tax  treaties,  then it  will  need  to  be  separated  from  the laws  determining  the tax  imposed  on 
income in  India.  As  the Equalization  Levy on  a  transaction  is,  in  any  case, inherently different 
from  a  tax  on  income, it  need  not  be  included  within  the  laws governing  tax  on  income. 
Accordingly, it would be necessary to impose the Equalization Levy through statutory provisions 
outside the Income Tax Act, 1961. Instead, the provisions for Equalization Levy can be included 
in the Finance Act. Past precedence exist for imposition of similar taxes on transactions, like the 
Security  Transaction  Tax  (STT)67 and  the  Service  Tax68. In  view  of  these  precedents,  and  the 
need  to  keep  the  ‘Equalization  Levy’  separate  from  the  taxes  on  income,  this  Committee  is  of 
the view  that  the ‘Equalization  Levy’  on  payments  for  digital  goods  and  services  should  be 
imposed through statutory provisions in the Finance Act. 
10.6  Constitutional Validity of Equalization Levy imposed by the Union 
130. In  view  of  the  constitutional  division  of  taxing  rights  between  the  Union  and  the 
States69,  it  will  need  to  be  ensured  that  the Equalization  Levy is  consistent  with  the 
constitutional provisions. Equalization levy on gross amounts of transactions or payments made 
                                                           67 The Securities Transaction Tax was imposed by the Chapter VII of the Finance No. 2 Act of 2004 68 The Service Tax was imposed by Finance Act 1994 69 Article 246 of the Constitution of India divides the powers to makes laws between the Union and the States. List I 
in the Seventh Schedule lists the items on which the Parliament has the exclusive powers of legislation.
87 | P a g e 
 
for digital services appears to be in accordance with the entries at Serial Number 92C70 and 9771 
of  the  First  List  in  the  Seventh  Schedule  of  the  Constitution  of  India. The  existing  precedent  in 
the form of the Service Tax appears to remove any ambiguities and doubts in this regard. Thus 
this  committee  is  of  the  view that Equalization  Levy as  a  tax  on  gross  amounts  of 
transactions, imposed by the Union through a statute made by the Parliament, would satisfy 
the test of constitutional validity. 
10.7  Defining the Tax Base: Scope of Digital Services/transactions on which 
Equalization Levy can be imposed 
131. The Equalization Levy  should  be  limited  to  the  payments  made  for  intangible  services, 
including payments for use or right to use any intangible, access a digital, telecommunication or 
similar  network,  or avail  any  service  or  other  benefit  received  from  a foreign  company  or  a 
person resident outside  India,  provided  the  services  are  either  received,  utilized,  provided or 
performed  in  India,  and  thus  have  a  nexus  with  India,  irrespective of  whether  the  payment  is 
made  by  a  resident  or  a  non-resident  person.  Thus,  the  payment  made  by the permanent 
establishment of a foreign company in India to its headquarters outside India would be covered 
if it otherwise falls within the scope of Equalization Levy. 
132. The  BEPS  Report,  while  analyzing  the  option  of  ‘Equalization  Levy’  suggests  striking  a 
balance between specifying the services (that will make it simpler, predictable and certain) and 
having  a  broader,  more  flexible  description  of  services that  would  be  covered  (to  take  care  of 
further technological advances and to avoid the need for frequent additions).72 The Committee 
                                                           70 92C. Taxes on services. 71 97. Any other matter not enumerated in List II or List III including any tax not mentioned in either of those Lists. 72 Paragraphs 145-146 of the BEPS Report on Action 1 states as under: 
“7.6.3.1 Scope of transactions covered 
145.  The  scope  of  transactions  covered  by  the  tax  must  be  clearly  defined,  so  that  taxpayers 
and withholding agents will know when the tax applies, and to ensure that tax administrations will 
be  able  to  ensure  compliance.  The  scope  should also  be  defined  as  simply  as  possible  in order  to 
avoid  unnecessary  complexity  and  classification  disputes.  The  need  for clarity  and  simplicity, 
however,  must  be  balanced  against  a  need  to  ensure  that  similar  types  of  transactions  will  be 
taxed similarly, in order to avoid creating incentives for or against particular ways of structuring 
them.  
146.  For this purpose, although listing specific types of transactions covered would provide a 
degree  of  clarity,  it  would  also  likely  result  in  disputes  over  the  character  of  transactions, 
particularly  as technology continues to advance. Such an approach also could lead to differences 
in  treatment  for  tax  purposes  between  economically  equivalent  transactions  depending  on  their 
form.  For  this  reason,  a  more  general  definition  of  covered  transactions  appears  more 
appropriate. The tax  could be applied, for example, to transactions for goods or services ordered 
online  (i.e.  digital  sales  transactions),  or  to  all  sales  operations  concluded  remotely  with  non-
residents.  The  latter  would  have  the  advantage  of  flexibility,  and  would  ensure  tax  neutrality 
between  similar  ways  of  doing  business, and  may  reduce  disputes  over  characterisation.  In 
addition, if withholding is used as a tool to support net-basis taxation, a broad scope covering all
88 | P a g e 
 
considers that both aspects are important, but in view of the fact that it will be a new tax, is of 
the  view  that  the  need to  achieve  simplicity,  predictability  and  certainty  and  minimizing 
disputes on characterization will be of greater importance. Thus, the Committee is of the view 
that  to  the  extent  possible,  the  categories  of  payments  that  would  be  subjected  to 
Equalization Levy should be listed clearly. In view of the Committee, it may not be advisable to 
include  broad  categories  as  that  may  introduce  an  element  of  greater  uncertainty  and  lead  to 
disputes  on  characterization,  avoiding  which  is  one  of  the  objectives  of  imposing  Equalization 
Levy. 
133. As  the  objective  of  the  levy  is  to tax  only  those  entities  that  enjoy  an  unfair  tax 
advantage, payments  that  are made  to  the  permanent  establishment  in  India  of a  foreign 
company  or  a non-resident  person,  would  be  exempt  from  the  Equalization  Levy,  if  that 
payment  forms  a  business  receipt  of  that permanent  establishment,  and  the  income  arriving 
from  it  is  attributable  to  that  permanent  establishment  in India  and  hence  subject  to  tax 
under  the  provisions  of  the  Income-tax  Act,  1961. A  verified  declaration  of  the beneficial 
owner to this effect, in the prescribed form mentioning its Permanent Account Number (PAN) 
in  India or its  Tax  Identification  Number  in  its  country  of  residence should  be  treated  as 
sufficient for such exemption. 
134. After  detailed  analysis,  the  Committee  suggests  that  the  following categories  of 
payments may be subjected to ‘Equalization Levy’ at this stage:73 
135. Any sum paid or payable or credited as a consideration for any of the following: 
(i) online  advertising  or  any  services,  rights  or  use  of  software  for  online  advertising, 
including advertising on radio & television; 
(ii) digital advertising space; 
(iii) designing, creating, hosting or maintenance of website; 
(iv) digital  space  for  website,  advertising,  e-mails,  online  computing,  blogs,  online 
content, online data or any other online facility; 
(v) any  provision,  facility  or  service  for  uploading,  storing  or  distribution  of  digital 
content; 
(vi) online collection or processing of data related to online users in India; 
                                                                                                                                                                                           
distance  selling  would  be  more  consistent  with  the  sales  threshold  discussed  above  in  the  context 
of a nexus based on significant economic presence.” 
73 The Committee also considered the possibility of levying the Equalization Levy on tangible goods like electronic 
goods sold to Indian customers by online transactions, but concluded that tax issues related to such remote 
transactions involving sale of tangible goods are different than the issues involving online services. The Committee 
arrived at a view that the tax issues related to remote transactions of tangible goods can be examined separately.
89 | P a g e 
 
(vii) any  facility  or service  for  online  sale  of  goods  or  services  or  collecting  online 
payments; 
(viii) development or maintenance of participative online networks; 
(ix) use  or  right  to  use  or  download  online  music,  online  movies, online  games,  online 
books  or  online  software,  without  a right  to  make  and  distribute  any  copies 
thereof; 
(x) online news, online search, online maps or global positioning system applications; 
(xi) online  software  applications  accessed  or  downloaded  through  internet  or 
telecommunication networks; 
(xii) online software computing facility of any kind for any purpose; and 
(xiii) reimbursement of expenses of a nature that are included in any of the above; 
Explanation – For the purposes of above, ‘online’ means a facility or service or right or benefit 
or  access  that  is  obtained  through  the  internet  or  any  other  form  of  digital  or 
telecommunication network. 
136. The  Committee  acknowledges  that  in  view  of  the  rapid  changes  in  technology  and  the 
way  business  models  are  continuing  to  evolve,  this  list  may  be  need  to  be  reviewed  and 
modified  from  time  to  time. The  Committee  also  notes  that some  of  these  payments  could  be 
taxable  currently  as  royalty  or  fee  for  technical  services, and  by  bringing  them  under  the 
purview  of  Equalization  Levy  combined  with  exemption  from  income-tax,  the  effective  rate  of 
taxation  on  them  will  be  reduced  from  10%74 to  6  to  8%75.  The  Committee  also notes  that  in 
respect  of  some  of  these  payments,  there  could  also  be  issues  relating to  characterization  and 
potential  for  tax  disputes. The  Committee  also took into  account  this  possible  overlap  with 
taxation  as  royalty  or  fee  for  technical  services,  as  well  as  the prolonged  litigations  that  keep 
arising  in  respect  of  their  taxability under  the  Income-tax  Act,  1961.  Having  considered  these 
issues, it  is the considered  view  of the  Committee  that  bringing  such  payments  under  the 
purview  of  Equalization  Levy,  as  included  in  the  list  above,  and  the  consequent  exemption  of 
income under the Income-tax Act, will bring about more certainty, predictability and stability to 
the  tax  regime, reduce  costs  of  compliance  as  well  as  administration,  and  could  significantly 
contribute to reducing tax litigation. Thus, the Committee recommends the aforementioned list 
of services for Equalization Levy.  
137. Keeping in view the possibility that such transactions may be given a label by the parties 
that is not included in this list, it would be essential that it may be specified that these services 
would  be  subject  to  Equalization  Levy,  irrespective  of  whatever  they  may  be  called  by  the 
parties.  Similarly,  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  avoiding  the  Equalization  Levy  by  having  the 
                                                           74 Existing tax rate on royalty payments 75 Proposed rate of Equalization Levy
90 | P a g e 
 
payment  made  by  a third  party  outside  India,  which  is  subsequently  reimbursed  by  the  actual 
user,  with  a  claim  that  no  Equalization  Levy  is  payable  on  reimbursements,  it  may need  to be 
clarified  that  the  Equalization  Levy  will  be  also  payable  on  any  payments  made by  a  payer  in 
India for  reimbursements  of  expenses  incurred  by  a  third  party  outside  India in  respect  of 
services covered under this levy. Lastly, it would need to be clarified that the Equalization Levy 
will become applicable once a payment is credited or paid – whoever is earlier, to the beneficial 
owner in the books of accounts, irrespective of when and how the actual payment is made. 
10.8  Restricting application on B2B transactions & Having a Revenue Threshold 
138. The Committee considers that from a policy perspective, it would be preferable to avoid 
placing the  burden of  compliance  and  administration related  to  Equalization  Levy in cases, 
where  the revenue collected  would  not  be  commensurate  with  cost  of  compliance  and 
administration. For  this  purpose,  it  would  be  preferable  to  limit  the  application  of  Equalization 
Levy  only  to  business-to  business  (B2B)  transactions,  and  not  apply  it  to  the  business-to-
consumer (B2C) transactions, which are more frequent, but of smaller amounts, at this stage, or 
till that point of time when a mechanism becomes available, by which Equalization Levy can be 
seamlessly collected in B2C transactions, without burdening the consumer.76 
139. The purpose of restricting the burden of deducting the Equalisation Levy by the Payers – 
to ‘B2B’ transactions will be achieved by fixing the revenue thresholds significantly high. ‘B2C’ & 
‘C2C’  transactions  may  not  be  specifically  exempted  under  the  law, simply  because, for  the 
assessee – the beneficial owner of revenue, it is not practical to find out whether a receipt is on 
B2B, B2C or C2C account. The revenue thresholds suggested here are unlikely to apply to home 
consumers. 
140. The  Report  on  Action 1 also advocates  having  a  revenue  threshold  in  the  possible 
options  that  are  included therein  to  address  tax  challenges  of  digital  economy.  The  committee 
is  of  the  view  that  having  a  revenue  threshold  for  taxing  such  transactions  will  prevent  the 
hardship that may be faced by small taxpayers, and avoid the compliance burden as well.  
141. The  Committee  considers  that  both  these  measures  will  optimize  the  compliance  and 
administration burden related to this new tax, and thereby minimize its negative impact on the 
digital  economy. The  Committee  also  considers  that  both  these  objectives  can  be  largely 
achieved by having a single criteria of a reasonable revenue threshold of Rupees one lakh per 
annum, where  the  equalization  levy  is  to  be  deducted  by  the  payer or the authorized foreign 
exchange  dealers. The applicable threshold  in  case  of Equalization  Levy being  collected  by  the 
                                                           76 Such a mechanism can be in the form of an obligation of the beneficial owner to pay the Equalization Levy, or 
the collection of Equalization Levy by the payment gateway through which the payment is made.
91 | P a g e 
 
payment  gateways could  be different and  with  reference  to  the  payments  made  by  that 
gateway to that taxpayer during the year.  
10.9  Rate of Equalization Levy 
142. The basic objective of the Equalization Levy is to bring the tax burden on businesses that 
are  able  to  avoid  paying  any  taxes  in  India,  at  par  with  the  tax  burden  likely  to  be  faced  by 
competing Indian businesses. Thus, the Committee was of the view that the rate of Equalization 
Levy  needs  to  be  fixed  in  a  way  that  will  lead  to  a  tax  incidence  that  is  as  close  as  possible,  to 
the  tax  incidence  that  it  might  have  faced  had  its  income  been  taxable  under  the  existing  tax 
treaty  rules. =n  a  way  this  would  make  the  Equalization  Levy  closer  to  the  “deemed  profit” 
taxation,  except  that  unlike  in  a  case  of  deemed  profit  taxation,  there  cannot  be  any  rebuttal 
available,  and  the  tax  would  be  imposed  irrespective  of  what  the  profits  of  the subject 
enterprise  may  actually have been.  The  Committee  also  notes  that  there is  no  single  margin  of 
profit  that  can  be presumed  universally  in  all businesses. Thus,  the  rate would need  to be  kept 
at  a  level  where  it does not  lead to  a tax  burden  that  is prohibitively higher  than that faced by 
its Indian competitors.  
143. The  Committee  notes  that  Income-tax  Act,  1961  imposes  a  tax  rate  of  10%  for  taxing 
royalty.  The  concessional  rate  of  taxation for royalty  and  fee  for  technical  services  in  the  tax 
treaties  entered  into  by  India  with  other  countries,  which  are  also  imposed  on  the  gross 
payments,  are  also  around  10-15%  in  most  cases.  However,  the  Committee  also  took  note  of 
the  fact  that  unlike  royalty,  the  marginal  cost  in  many  of  the  payments  proposed  to be 
subjected  to  Equalization  Levy  may  not  be  close  to  zero,  and  unlike  the  tax  treaties,  there 
would  not  be  any  tax  credits  available  to  the taxpayer  in  its  country  of  residence  for  the 
Equalization Levy paid in India. 
144. Keeping  these  considerations  in view,  along  with  the  fact  that  digital  economy  is  in  an 
evolving stage, and its growth has positive externalities for the Indian economy, the Committee 
is  of  the  view  that  the  rate  of  Equalization  Levy  may  be  set  between 6%  to  8%77 of  the  gross 
payment. Since, this is the first time such a levy is imposed, and the businesses may take time 
to fully adjust to it, a lower rate may be preferable at this stage. In any case, the Committee is 
of the view that the impact of Equalization Levy would need to be reviewed, and its rate can be 
revised  upwards  or  downwards  at  a  later  stage,  after  reviewing  and  analyzing  its  likely  impact 
on enterprises and economy.  
 
                                                           77 In view of the Committee, it may be a preferable option to restrict the rate of Equalization Levy at 6% at the time 
of its introduction, and then review it in subsequent years, to evaluate the desirability of raising it.
92 | P a g e 
 
10.10  Need to prevent double economic taxation 
145. As  the  Equalization  Levy  is  aimed  at  achieving  greater tax  neutrality  by  targeting  those 
payments which  lead to income that does  not  become  taxable under  the existing  international 
taxation  rules,  it is important  to  ensure  that  Equalization  Levy is  not  levied  to  transactions, 
where  the  resulting  income  is  also taxed  separately  under  the  Income-tax  Act,  1961. The 
Committee considered three possible options of achieving this objective. 
146. The first  option  could be  exempting  income  arising  from specified transaction  on  which 
Equalization  Levy  has  been  paid.78 This  provides  ones  of  the  simplest  ways  of  avoiding  double 
economic taxation, and also offers the advantage of providing a simple, certain and predictable 
solution  to  the  challenge  of  characterization  of  income  arising  from  digital  transactions,  which 
is often a matter of tax disputes. In this option, as the income becomes completely exempt, and 
if the rate of Equalization Levy is lower than 10%, there would be an inherent incentive for the 
taxpayer  to pay  Equalization  Levy  and  avoid  all  consequences  arising  from taxation  of  income 
from  that  transaction. As  the  income  from  such  a  transaction  would  become  exempt  on 
payment of Equalization Levy, the compliance burden associated with income-tax obligations is 
also significantly obviated with this option. 
147. The other two options that the Committee considered were providing a deduction from 
the  total  income,  of  an  amount  of  income  that  has  arisen  from  the  payment on  which 
Equalization  Levy  has  been paid,  and providing  a  tax  rebate  from  the  total  tax  liability  of the 
taxpayer. However, both these options leaves  the  possibility  of  having  a  dispute  between  the 
taxpayer  and  the  tax  authorities, on  what  is  the  exact  amount  of  income  arising  from  the 
transaction  covered,  and  thereby does  not achieve  the  simplicity,  certainty  and  predictability 
provided by the first option.  
148. In  view  of  these  considerations,  the  Committee  considers  that  the  first  option  of 
exempting  the  income  arising  from  a payment on  which  Equalization  Levy  has  been  paid, 
from  income-tax under  Section  10  of  the  Income-tax  Act,  1961.  This would  be  the  most 
preferable  way  of  avoiding  double  economic  taxation  on  transactions  subjected  to 
Equalization Levy. 
10.11 Payment and Reporting Obligations of the Beneficial Owner 
149. The beneficial  owner of  the  payment should  be  responsible  for  paying  the  Equalization 
Levy  to  the  Government,  and  reporting  the  details  of  such  transactions  in  a  prescribed  return 
annually. However, since the beneficial owner may be outside India, and not always within the 
                                                           78 A precedence of exempting income in this manner exists in the form of Section 10(38) of the Income-tax Act, 
1961, which exempts long term capital gains from transactions on which Securities Transaction Tax has been paid.
93 | P a g e 
 
ambit of enforcement by Indian laws and procedure, an appropriate mechanism of collection to 
ensure  that  the beneficial  owner is  not  able  to  escape  the  Equalization  Levy  would  need  to  be 
put in place. A similar mechanism in respect of income-tax exists in the form of tax deduction at 
source by the payer. 
10.12  Compliance and Collection Mechanism 
150. The BEPS Report  on  Action  1 (2015),  while analyzing the  various  option  for  addressing 
broader challenges of digital economy considered two possible ways in which such taxes can be 
collected.  The  first  is  deduction  of  equalization  levy  by  the  payer  making the payment, where 
the  obligations  of  the  payer  would  be  largely  similar  to  those  of  the  person  required  to 
withhold income-tax.  The  other possible option could  be  to  get the  tax  deducted  by the 
payment  gateways,  such  as  banks, credit  or  debit cards,  digital  wallets  etc. through  which 
payments are made by consumer in India to an enterprise abroad. 
A. Deduction by Payer 
151. The option of getting the Equalization Levy deducted by the person making the payment 
for the specified transaction,  has  the  advantage  of  simplicity,  is  workable and  can  be 
implemented  straightway,  without  requiring  any  major  changes in the  regulations  governing 
payments  abroad. The  negative  side  of  this option  is  that  it  can place  compliance  burden  on 
payers in India, and in some cases where the beneficial owner insists for receiving full payment 
irrespective of taxes, the payer may have to bear the tax burden as well.  
152. The  compliance  burden on  the payers  in  India  can  be  significantly minimized  by 
restricting  the  Equalization  Levy  to  B2B  transactions  with a reasonable revenue  threshold,  as 
then  the  cases  covered  under  Equalization  Levy would  be very restricted. There  would  be  no 
compliance  burden  at all  on  consumers in  India, and  the  revenue  threshold  will  further  ensure 
that there is no compliance burden on businesses in respect of occasional payments of smaller 
denominations.  Another  advantage  of  restricting  the  compliance burden to  business  payments 
is that the allowability of a business payment as deduction can be linked with the deduction of 
Equalization  Levy  by  the  payer,  thereby  creating  a  simple  and  reliable  mechanism  of 
compliance.  As  this  mechanism  of  ensuring  allowability  of  deduction  is  already  in  place  in 
respect  of  withholding  tax,  and  all  businesses  are  fully  well  versed  with  it,  it  can  be  easily 
implemented and relied upon for ensuring compliance, without any major constraints. 
153. In  view  of  the  above,  the  Committee  is  of  the  view  that the  obligation  to  deduct  the 
Equalization  Levy  may  be  limited  to  businesses,  by  exempting  payers who  do  not  wish  to 
claim the payment as either revenue expense or capitalized expense in a business the profits 
of  which  are  taxable  in  India. The  Committee  is  also  of  the  view  that  linking  the  allowability
94 | P a g e 
 
of such payments as deduction for computing taxable profits under the Income-tax Act, 1961 
can serve as a reliable mechanism for its compliance. 
154. The  Committee  recognizes  that one  way  in  which  the  payer and  the beneficial  owner, 
particularly  if  they  are  associated  enterprises,  can  avoid  the  payment  of  Equalization  Levy, 
could  be  by  giving  a  label  to  their  payment  that  is  somewhat  different from the  description  of 
the  payments  covered  under  Equalization  Levy,  and  claiming  that  the  payment  does  not  fall 
within  the  scope  of  payments  on  which  Equalization  Levy  is  imposed.  It  is  also  important  to 
note  that  in  the  light  of  the  decisions  of  the  :on’ble  Supreme  Court  of  =ndia  in  the  case  of 
Transmission  Corporation79 and  GE  Capital80,  it  is  not  necessary  for  the  payer  to  always  seek  a 
certificate  for  non-deduction  of  taxes.  The  ambiguity  arising  from  nomenclature  of  payments 
can  thus  become  a  valid  excuse  for  non-compliance  by  the  payer.  Thus, to  plug  this  potential 
loophole  that  may  facilitate  non-compliance,  and  also  lead  to  litigation, it  would  also  be 
advisable  to  put  in  place  a  mechanism  that  ensures  credible deterrence against  it.  Such  a 
mechanism can  be  put  in  place  by making use  of  the  existing  mechanisms  that already  exist  in 
the Income-tax Act, 1961, in the form of Section 195 (7) of the Act that states as under: 
“(7)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  sub-section  (1)  and  sub-section  (2),  the 
Board  may,  by  notification  in  the  Official  Gazette,  specify  a  class  of  persons  or  cases, 
where the person responsible for paying to a non-resident, not being a company, or to a 
foreign  company,  any  sum,  whether  or  not  chargeable  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
shall  make  an  application  to  the  Assessing  Officer  to  determine,  by  general  or  special 
order,  the  appropriate  proportion  of sum  chargeable,  and  upon  such  determination,  tax 
shall  be  deducted  under  sub-section  (1)  on  that  proportion  of  the  sum  which  is  so 
chargeable.” 
155. The  Committee  suggests  that  the  payments subjected  to  Equalization  Levy may  also 
be notified under this provision, along with an exemption provided in the notification itself to 
those  cases  where  Equalization  Levy  is  paid. This,  in  effect,  means  that  cases  on  which 
Equalization Levy was payable but has not been paid, would be mandatorily required to seek a 
certificate  under  section  197,  irrespective  of  whether they  include  any  income  that  may  be 
taxable  in  India.  Thus,  in  effect,  such  notification  would  cast  an  additional  obligation  on  those 
who have  failed  to  comply  with  payment  of  Equalization  Levy,  to  seek  a  certificate  under 
section  197,  thereby  providing  an  inherent  mechanism  for  getting  such  non-compliance 
reported  to  the  tax  authorities. In  such  cases,  the  proceedings  for  issue  of  a  certificate  under 
section  197  would  be  independent  of  the  obligation  of  deducting  Equalization  Levy, but  would 
open the possibility of such defaults coming to the notice by the Assessing Officer, and thereby 
strengthen the deterrence required for its compliance. 
                                                           79 Transmission Corporation of A.P. Ltd. and Ors. v. CIT [1999] 239 ITR 587 (SC) 80 GE India Technology Cen. P. Ltd vs CIT & Anr. on 9 September, 2010, in Civil Appeal Nos.7541-7542 of 2010
95 | P a g e 
 
156. The Committee recognizes that there is considerable uncertainty in respect of taxability 
of  payments  made  for  digital  services  and  facilities,  with  differences  of  opinions  between  the 
taxpayers and the tax authorities leading to disputes in some instances. Such disputes, that also 
have  their  origin,  to  some  extent,  in  the  differences  of  positions  taken  by  India  and  OECD 
countries  in  respect  of  scope  of  royalty  and  fee  for  technical  services  taxable  in  the  source 
jurisdiction  under  the  tax  treaties,  can escalate  further  and  adversely  affect  all  stakeholders, 
including  the  Government  of  India  and  large  digital  enterprises  earning  profits  from  India.  This 
also  creates  uncertainties  for  Indian  payers,  who  need  to  deduct  income-tax  on  income  of  the 
beneficial owner that is chargeable in India. Although the obligation to deduct Equalization Levy 
may  not  be welcomed  by  those  having  to  bear  it,  but the greater  simplicity,  certainty  and 
predictability  of  Equalization  Levy,  along  with  a  possible  advantage  of  lower tax  rate81 should 
more than offset this negative impact. 
157. The  Committee  also  recognizes that  a likely  criticism  could be that  due  to asymmetrical 
bargaining  powers  between  a  small  Indian  consumer  and a large  multinational  enterprise  to 
which the payment is being made, the burden of tax may have to be borne by the Indian payer 
in many cases. The committee took into an account this argument and noted that this issue has 
already been dealt in sufficient detail by the Task Force on Digital Economy during the work on 
Action 1. Annexure E of the BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015) provides a comparative analysis of 
the  economic  incidence  that  is  likely  to  result  from  the  three  possible  options  included  in  the 
Report,  wherein,  after  detailed  analysis,  it  was  concluded  that  the  economic  burden  of  all  the 
three  options  would  be  completely  similar.  In  other  words,  the  economic  burden  on  Indian 
consumers  or  payers  is  likely  to  be the same,  irrespective  of  whether the additional  tax  is  to 
address  broader tax challenges  of digital  economy  is  imposed in  the  form  of  tax  on  income by 
expanding  the  definition  of  Permanent Establishment, by  means  of  a withhold  tax  on  digital 
transactions  or  an Equalization  Levy.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  this  analysis  and  these 
consequences  have been  uniformly  accepted  by  the  OECD  and  G20  Countries  including  India 
and also conform to the basic principles of economics, the committee is of the view that burden 
of Equalization  Levy is  unlikely  to  be  different  from  other  ways  of  imposing  additional  tax  on 
hitherto  non-taxable  income  of  multinational  digital  enterprises  in  India.82 The  Committee  also 
observed  that  in  a  completely  asymmetrical  bargaining,  even  the  burden  of  income-tax  or  any 
                                                           81 Presuming the rate of Equalization Levy is less than 10%, it would be lower than existing tax rate that may be 
applicable on such transactions under the Income-tax Act, 1961 and relevant tax treaties. 
82 As per the Economic Theory, the economic burden of taxes is different from the legal burden, and primarily 
dependent upon the elasticities of demand and supply. In the General Equilibrium Model, the taxes get partly 
shifted forward to the consumers, or backwards, to the factors of production like capital, labor and technology, 
and the final tax burden gets spread on the economy as a whole. Detailed analysis is available in Annexure E of the 
BEPS Report on Action 1 (2015). In case of a Monopoly, the prices are set to maximize revenue, and higher the 
surplus of the monopoly, the lesser is the likely economic burden of taxes on the consumers.
96 | P a g e 
 
other  tax  may  be  shifted  by  a  foreign  supplier  on  the  Indian  payers,  and  in  that  way,  the 
Equalization  Levy  is  no  different  from  any  other  tax.  The  Committee  also  noted  that  given  the 
size  and  growth of  Indian  consumer  market,  it  is  highly  unlikely  that  any major  digital  business 
would  be  in  a  position  to ignore  it,  and  a  more  likely  outcome  is  that  it  would  make  necessary 
adjustments to maximize its participation in Indian markets.  
B.  Deduction of Equalization Levy by the payment gateway 
158. The  Committee considered  this  option,  which also  finds  mention  in the BEPS Report  on 
Action  1  (2015),  for  ensuring  compliance  with  Equalization  Levy.  A  very  large  volume of 
payments  made  for digital transactions are  made  through  certain  specific  payment  gateways, 
like  Banks,  Credit/  Debit  cards,  Digital/Electronic  Wallets  and new gateways  like  Paypal. These 
payments  gateways that enable  parties  in  India  to  make  payments to parties  outside  India  are 
covered  by  Foreign  Exchange  Management  Act (FEMA), as  well  as  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of Reserve Bank of India. The Committee was of the view that it may be possible to 
amend such  regulations  and  the relevant laws  for  imposing  a  liability  on  these  payment 
gateways  to  deduct Equalization  Levy on  specified  transactions  made  by  Indian  payers  to 
entities  oversees  and  deposit  such  tax  with  the  Government.  This  mechanism  of  collection  of 
the  equalization  levy,  if  feasible,  can  have a  very  significant  advantage  of  low  costs of 
compliance, particularly if and when the equalization levy is extended to business–to–consumer 
(B2C)  transactions,  which  take  place  in  very  large  volumes  involving  smaller  denominators.  
Another  major  advantage  with  this  mechanism  of  collection could  be that  it  will  obviate  the 
compliance burden placed  on  Indian  deductors. The  automated  collection can  also reduce  the 
other problems associated with the deduction of Equalization Levy by payers.   
159. In  view  of  these  possible  advantages,  the  Committee  examined  the  feasibility  of 
resorting  to  this  mechanism,  and  also  held  discussions  with  authorities  in  the  Reserve  Bank  of 
India. However, after  examining  the  existing  mechanisms,  it  has  become  apparent  to  the 
Committee  that the existing  systems,  processes,  laws,  rules  and  regulations  governing  these 
payment  gateways  would  need  to  be  substantially  modified  for  collecting  Equalization  Levy 
through  this  mechanism.83 The  Committee  also  came  to  realize  that since  the  payments  that 
are likely to be the subject of Equalization Levy can also be made by way of credits in the books 
or  adjusted  in  a  manner  that  obviates  the  need for  an  actual  payment,  particularly  in  a  B2B 
transaction.  This suggests  that  while  the  collection  through  payment  gateways  may  be  a  more 
preferable mechanism for collecting Equalization Levy in case of B2C transactions (as and when 
                                                           83 There may also be a need for developing proper monitoring mechanism to ensure compliance of laws related to 
equalization levy by the payment gateways.  In view of these requirements that would need significant time to 
develop and evolve, at substantial costs, this mechanism of collection will take its own time to develop.
97 | P a g e 
 
that  becomes  applicable),  this  mechanism  would  not  be  feasible  for  the  B2B  transactions  that 
are intended to be covered at this stage. 
C.  Deduction of Equalization Levy by the Authorized Foreign Exchange Dealer 
160. The Committee also considered the possibility of getting the Equalization Levy deducted 
by  the  Authorized  Foreign  Exchange  dealer,  as  many  of  the  B2B  transactions  are  likely  to  be 
routed through the Authorized Foreign Exchange Dealer. The Committee recognized that this is 
an  important option that  can  obviate  the  obligations placed  on the  payers,  but also noted  that 
it  will  also  require  modifications  in  rule  and  regulations  governing  these  dealers,  and  putting 
into  place  a  mechanism  for  ensuring  compliance  by  them.  Further,  such  a  mechanism  would 
not  work  in  case  of  credit  of  payments  made  by  parties  in  their  books  of  accounts  without 
actual  transactions. The  Committee  also  noted  that  the  existing  mechanism  for  verification  of 
nature  of payments  and in particular  characterization  of  payments  is  not  sufficiently  robust for 
such  a  mechanism  to  operate,  and  necessary  changes  to  ensure  that  Authorized  foreign 
exchange  dealers  are  able  to  deduct  Equalization  Levy  in  all  cases  will  need  to  be  put  in  place. 
The  Committee considers that  there  is  a  need  to  explore  this  option  and if  found  feasible,  it 
may  replace or  supplement  the  obligation  of  the  payer  after  putting  the  necessary  mechanism 
for its implementation in place. 
161. Keeping  in  view  the  limitation  of  the  other  options, the  Committee  prefers  the 
compliance  by  placing  the  obligation  of  deducting  the  Equalization  Levy  on  the  payer, in  a 
manner similar  to the  obligation  that  exists  in case  of  withholding  tax under  Income-tax  Act, 
1961, with the following modifications: 
- The obligation to deduct Equalization Levy may be limited to businesses, by exempting 
payers who do not wish to claim the payment as either revenue expense or capitalized 
expense in a business the profits of which are taxable in India. 
- The  allowability  of  the  payment  as  an  expense  for  determining  the  taxable  profits 
under the Income-tax Act, 1961 may be linked with the payment of Equalization Levy, 
similar to the allowability under Section 40 of that Act. 
- Payments subjected to Equalization Levy may also be notified under Section 195 (7) of 
the  Income-tax  Act,  1961,  along  with  an  exemption  provided  in  the  notification  itself 
to  those  cases  where  Equalization  Levy  is  paid,  so  as  to  strengthen  the  deterrent 
against non-compliance. 
162. However,  the  Committee also recognizes the  potential  of collecting  Equalization Levy 
through the  payment  gateways and authorized  foreign  exchange  dealers. The  Committee 
considers that deduction of Equalization Levy by them with proper systems in place can reduce 
the compliance costs and thereby improve compliance. The Committee is of the view that with
98 | P a g e 
 
increasing scope of digital services that may be covered by Equalization Levy in future, a three 
pronged  approach  for  compliance,  consisting  of  deduction  by  authorized  foreign  exchange 
dealers in  B2B  payments, deduction  by  payment  gateways  in  B2C  payments,  and  deduction 
by  payers  in  other  cases,  like  payment  by  credit  in  books  of  accounts  could  provide  a  way 
forward  for  seamless  compliance with  minimum  costs  of  compliance  and  administration. 
Thus,  the  Committee  strongly  recommends  that  work  on  developing  the  necessary  rules  and 
regulations  as  well  as  the  systematic  requirements  for  implementation  of  a  mechanism  that 
will enable collection of Equalization Levy through payment gateways and authorized foreign 
exchange dealers may also be initiated at the earliest. 
10.13  Reporting and Auditing Mechanism for Deductors of Equalization Levy 
payments 
163. The Committee  recognizes  the  need  to  put  in  place  a  mechanism  for auditing  and 
reporting such compliance. The Committee is of the view that a certificate of the Auditor that 
Equalization  Levy  has  been  deducted  and  paid  on  all  payments  as  per  law  would  go  a  long 
way  in  ensuring  proper  compliance.  The  mechanism  for  reporting  compliance  is  required  to 
be  put  in  place,  but  should  be simple and  consist of  an  online  form  which  can  be  filled  and 
submitted  online. However,  the  Committee  also  recognizes  the  need  to  ensure  that  smaller 
businesses  are  not  burdened  with  costs  that  may  create  a  hardship  for  them.  Accordingly, the 
Committee  is  of  the  view  that  a person  who  is  not  required  to  maintain  books  of  accounts 
under any  law  in  India,  should be  exempted  from  the  obligation  of filing  a  return on  deduction 
of  Equalization  Levy.  Similarly,  a  person,  who  is  not  required  to  get  its  accounts audited under 
any  law  in  India,  should  be  exempted  from  the  obligation  of  obtaining  a  certificate  of  the 
Auditor. The  Committee  is  also  of  the  view  that  harmonizing  the  reporting  obligations  in 
respect of Equalization Levy with the existing obligations in respect of withholding tax could be 
a possible way for avoiding duplication, and can be considered as a means for further reducing 
the  costs  of  compliance. After  takin  into  account  the  existing forms  for  Auditor’s  Certification, 
the  Committee  is  of  the  view  that  modification of  Form  3CD  can  be  a  convenient  option  for 
obtaining  Auditor’s  Report  on  deduction  of  Equalization  Levy.84 Alternatively  a  form  can  be 
prescribed for this purpose. 
10.14  Efficient Risk Assessment Tools to obviate Random Scrutiny 
164. The  Committee  noted  that  in  order  to  minimize  the  compliance  and  administration 
costs,  there  would  be  a  need  for  efficient  risk  assessment  tools.  As  the  scope  of  Equalization 
Levy is proposed to be restricted to B2B transactions at this stage, and many of payment made 
                                                           84 Suggested modifications to Form 3CD are annexed in Appendix-3 of this report.
99 | P a g e 
 
may also be subject to Service Tax as well as likely to be claimed as Reverse Charge therein, the 
reconciliation  of  Equalization  Levy  database  and  Reverse  Charge  claims  in  Service  Tax  may 
provide a  useful  risk  assessment  tool  for  this  purpose.  The  Committee  strongly  recommends 
the  use  of  similar  non-intrusive  tools  that  would  provide  highly  efficient  risk  assessment and 
obviate the need for scrutiny in the administration of Equalization Levy. 
10.15  Monitoring of Impact and Possible Expansion in Future 
165. The  Committee  is  of  the  view  that  there  would  be  a  need  to  monitor  the  impact  of 
Equalization Levy on a regular basis, particularly as the digital services that can be provided and 
availed  without  physical  presence  continue  to  evolve  and  expand  in  India.  There  could  be  a 
need to modify the list of services covered under it, and find better ways of compliance that will 
enable  a  seamless  collection  of Equalization  Levy,  reduce  the  compliance  burden  on  payers. 
With  better  mechanisms  of  collection,  it  may  be  possible  in  future  to  collect  this  levy  on  B2C 
payments too, without burdening the consumers with its collection and compliance. 
10.16 Possible Grounds of Criticism of Equalization Levy & Explanations of the 
Committee 
166. The Committee notes that following criticisms may arise in respect of this proposal, and 
attempts to provide explanation in respect of them. 
 The greatest  disadvantage  and  source  of  criticism  of  Equalization  Levy  is  that  it  is  an 
additional  tax  over  and  above  all  other  taxes  that  are  already  in  place,  and  that  such 
additional tax burden may further affect ease of doing business in India.  
The  Equalization  Levy  is  an  additional  tax  only  on  foreign  enterprises  escaping  tax  in 
India due to the existing limitations in the existing international taxation rules, and does 
not  affect  other  Indian  or  foreign  enterprises  that  are  already  having  a  permanent 
establishment  in  India  and  getting  taxed on  their  business  profits  in  India.  Further,  the 
aim  and  objective  of  Equalization  Levy is  to  ensure  that  unfair  tax advantage  to  multi-
national enterprises  is  minimized, thereby  improving  the  competitiveness  of businesses 
in India (including foreign businesses having a taxable presence in India). The lower rate 
of 6%  Equalization  Levy  and  corresponding  exemption  from  income-tax  for payments 
that  are  very  often  a  source  of  tax  dispute  and  tax  litigation,  actually  amounts  to 
lowering  the  tax  rate  on  such  payments. Lastly,  by  bringing  greater  clarity  in  tax 
obligations  in  respect  of  digital  businesses,  particularly  in  respect  of  characterization 
disputes  and  consequent  taxability  of  income  (e.g.  disputes  related  to  characterization
100 | P a g e 
 
of  payments  as  royalty/FTS),  the  Equalization  Levy  will  stabilize  the  tax  environment  in 
India, and facilitate businesses in India.  
 The  tax  burden  of  Equalization  Levy  is  likely  to fall  on  the  Indian  businesses  having  to 
deduct it, and would therefore only be detrimental to them 
This  burden  is  not  different  from  the  burden  of  withholding  tax  under  the  Income-tax 
Act,  1961  and  relevant  tax  treaties,  and  by  having  a  rate  lower  than  that  applicable for 
withholding  tax  on  royalty  &  fee  for  technical  services,  it  actually  reduces  the  burden 
both  in  terms  of  actual  tax  payable,  as  well  as  in  terms  of  greater  certainty  and 
predictability. The burden is likely to be restricted in India due to the revenue threshold 
and since  deduction  is not required  to be  made  in  respect  of  a  payment either  to  an 
Indian  entity, or to  a foreign entity having  a  permanent establishment  in  India,  or  if the 
payment  being  made  is  not  part  of  business  expenses. The  incidence is  intended  to  fall 
primarily  on  the  payment  being  made  by  the  Indian  subsidiaries  to  their  associated 
enterprises outside India, and payments made by Indian businesses to an entity outside 
India  of  an  amount more  than  the  threshold  that  are  claimed  as  deductible  business 
expenditure  in  India,  without  leading  to  any  corresponding  taxable  income  in  India  in 
the  hands  of  the beneficial  owner. By  having  a  clear  and  undisputable  tax  liability,  the 
payer in India would be in a better situation to assess the tax impact and negotiate with 
the  foreign beneficial  owner.  Lastly,  even  in  cases  where the  economic  burden  of  tax 
deducted  falls  on  the  Indian  payer,  the  lower  rate  of  6 to  8% in  respect  of  those 
payments  that are  potentially  taxable  as  royalty  or  fee  for  technical  services, would 
provide  significant  relief  to  them,  and  therefore  should  be  seen  as  a  relief  and  not 
additional burden.  
 The imposition of such a levy may be a violation of international tax practices 
The  Equalization  Levy  is  identified  by  the  G-20  and  OECD  as  a  possible  option  that 
countries  can  adopt  in  their  domestic  laws.  The  Conclusions  of  the  BEPS  Report  on 
Action 1 clearly state that. Thus the imposition of Equalization Levy under domestic laws 
is completely in accordance with the consensus view accepted by the G-20 and OECD. 
 Why should India impose such a levy when it is not imposed by any other country 
India is not the only country to have imposed a tax to address the concerns arising from 
the  ability  of digital multi-national enterprises  to avoid  paying  taxes  in  the  jurisdiction 
from where they are earning their income. UK has imposed a “Diverted Profit Tax” from 
1.4.2015 to  address  these  concerns.  Australia  has imposed  a  “Multinational  Anti 
Avoidance  Law” from  1.1.2016,  =taly  is  reported  to  be  considering  a  new  “Digital  Tax”
101 | P a g e 
 
consisting  of  25%  withholding  tax  on  payments. Some  countries,  like  Brazil  already 
impose withholding tax on such payments. These instances, along with the fact that the 
G-20 and OECD countries now agree on the rights of every country to impose any of the 
actions  identified  in  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1,  is  a  clear  indication  that  countries 
across the  World  are  thinking  about  it.  Compared  to  the  taxes  being  imposed  in  other 
countries, the Equalization Levy proposed by the Committee is completely in accordance 
with the international consensus and suggestions 
 There  will  be  no  foreign  tax  credit  available  to  the  taxpayer  in  lieu  of  Equalization 
Levy,  which  would  amount  to  double taxation  of  their  income.  If  it  is  to  imposed,  it 
should be under the tax treaties so that there is no double taxation 
This  is  acceptably  an  inherent  limitation  of  Equalization  Levy  or  any  other  option  that 
may be imposed under domestic laws, not covered by the tax treaties. However, it must 
be noted that there is nothing to prevent the country of which the taxpayer is residence 
from  granting  relief to  the  taxpayer, under  its own  domestic  laws, to  avoid  such  double 
taxation. In  case  such  a  country  also  imposes  an  Equalization  Levy,  there  can  even  be 
the  possibility  of  a  reciprocal  agreement  between  India  and  that  country  to  provide 
relief from income-tax on account of such levy. Further, it is always open for a taxpayer 
being subjected to have a permanent establishment in India, and thereby get exemption 
from  Equalization  Levy  completely.  Thus,  the  Equalization  Levy  serves  to  create 
incentives  for  digital  multinational  enterprises  to  establish  permanent  establishment  in 
India  and  get  taxed  only  on  its  net  income  attributable  in  India,  while  creating 
disincentives  against  artificial  arrangements  to  avoid  paying  taxes  on  income  arising 
from  India  by  exploiting  the systemic  weaknesses in  the  existing  international  taxation 
rules.  The  double  taxation  arising  from Equalization  Levy  should  be  viewed  from  this 
perspective. Lastly,  even  for  a  taxpayer  that  has  to  bear  such  double  taxation,  partial 
relief may still  be  available  in  the  form  of  deduction  of  the  Equalization  Levy  from  its 
taxable income as a business expense.  
 The Equalization Levy may adversely affect the competitiveness of Indian digital 
enterprises 
As  it  is  levied  only  on  foreign  enterprises  not  having  a  taxable  presence  in  India,  the 
Equalization  Levy improves  the  competitiveness  of  digital  enterprises in  India,  including 
foreign  enterprises  having  a  permanent  establishment  in  India,  by  reducing  the  tax 
disadvantage that they currently face in comparison with their foreign competitors. The 
existing  tax  advantage  enjoyed  by  foreign  enterprises  over  their Indian  counterparts 
creates  strong  incentives  for  Indian  enterprises  to  locate  outside  India,  and  thereby
102 | P a g e 
 
poses  a  strong  challenge  for  the  growth  and  expansion  of  Indian  digital  industry.  The 
Equalization  Levy aims  at  neutralizing this disincentive,  and facilitating  an  environment, 
where  Indian  digital  enterprises  can  compete  with  their  foreign  competitors  without 
having to locate outside India.
103 | P a g e 
 
Section 11 
Conclusions & Recommendations of the Committee 
 
 
 
167. In  view  of  the  observations  made  in  the  earlier  sections  of  this  Report,  the conclusions 
and recommendations of the Committee are summarized in this section. 
11.1  Conclusions 
168. Digital  Economy  has  now  become  a  significant  segment  of  economy  around  the  world, 
including  India.  The  ability  of  enterprises  to  conduct  their  business  on  a  non-occasional  basis, 
and  have  significant  participation  in  the  economic  life  of  a  jurisdiction,  without  having  a 
physical  presence  there, gives  rise  to  significant  tax  policy  challenges in  terms  of  nexus, 
characterization and valuation of user data and contributions. Challenges also exist in respect of 
valuation of user data and contributions, that are relied upon by enterprises for earning profits 
from a jurisdiction and which need to be taken into account for determining taxable nexus and 
attribution of profits to the jurisdiction.  
169. The  asymmetry  in  tax  burden between  Indian and  multi-national  enterprises is  likely  to 
have a distortionary  impact  on  the  market  competition  and  can  adversely  affect  the 
development  of Indian  digital  enterprise industry,  apart  from  creating strong  incentives  for 
Indian  enterprises  to  either  locate  themselves  outside  India  or  sell  their  businesses  to foreign 
enterprises. The  asymmetry  in  tax  burden  also  adversely  affects  the  competitiveness  of 
traditional brick and mortar businesses in India (including permanent establishments of foreign 
companies  in  India). The  resultant  adverse  impact  on  the  profitability  of  enterprises  paying 
taxes  in  India  can  lead to  significant detrimental impact on the  fiscal health of  Indian  economy 
and consequently, on its growth. 
170. The limitations  of physical  presence  based  threshold  for  taxing  income from  business, 
which was  conceptualized long  before  the  development  of  digital  economy  is  now  widely 
recognized  and  accepted  by  international  community.  It  is also recognized  and  accepted  that 
significant  tax  challenges  arise  from  the  difficulties  in  applying  the  existing  international 
taxation  rules,  as  they  exist  in  tax  treaties  today,  in  respect  of  digital  economy. Physical 
presence cannot be considered an appropriate test for determining taxable presence in respect 
of business models in digital economy.
104 | P a g e 
 
171. There is considerable  ambiguity  regarding  the  characterization  of  income  arising  from 
transactions  involving  telecommunication  networks,  software  and  data  exchange.  These 
disputes  on  characterization of payments  are  more  commonly  observed  in  countries  like  India, 
that have tax treaties wherein taxing rights are allocated to the source jurisdiction in respect of 
royalty  and  fee  for  technical  services. Many  of  these  disputes  arise  from  the  insistence  of 
taxpayers  to  apply  the  guidance  developed  by  OECD,  even  though  India  has  documented  its 
disagreements  with  such  guidance,  and  its  position  in  tax treaties precede  the  development  of 
that guidance.  
172. In  view  of  the  challenges  faced  by India in terms  of  characterization  of  income,  and the 
lack of universal consensus on adopting the new nexus based significant economic presence, as 
well as the likely difficulties faced in attributing profits under existing rules, there appears to be 
a strong  case for  finding  a  solution  to  all  these  issues,  in  the  form  of  a  simple,  clear  and 
predictable  tax  rule  that  unambiguously  defines  the  tax  liability  of  digital  enterprises,  reduces 
their  tax  risk  and  contingent  liabilities, and minimizes compliance  costs,  disputes  and 
administrative burden. 
173. In view of the role and contribution made by the users by way of data, content creation 
and  networking  benefits,  users need  to be considered  as  a  significant  indicator  of  both  nexus 
and creation of value in the jurisdiction of source. However, quantifying such value creation can 
be  a  challenging  task,  and  therefore  a  simple  tax  rule  that  broadly  covers  such  value  or  a 
significant part of it, may be preferable. 
174. Recent  works  of  experts  on  the  tax  challenges  in  digital  economy  represent  the  global 
recognition of the extent of the tax challenges of digital economy. 
175. The  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  (2015),  which  has  been  endorsed  by  the  G-20  and  OECD 
provides  a  broad  international  consensus  on  the  tax  challenges arising  from  digital  economy 
and identifies the options  to  address  them. The Report did  not  recommend  any  of  the  options 
at  this  stage,  primarily  since  adopting  them “would  require  substantial  changes  to  key 
international  tax  standards  and  would  require  further  work”, but by concluding that  “Countries 
could,  however,  introduce  any  of  the  options  in  their  domestic  laws  as  additional  safeguards 
against BEPS, provided they respect existing treaty obligations, or in their bilateral tax treaties”, 
an  international  consensus  has  now  emerged  among  G-20  and  OECD countries,  which 
recognizes  and  accepts  the  right  of  a  country  to  adopt  any  of  the  options  identified  in  the 
Report on BEPS Action 1, in its domestic laws or in its bilateral tax treaties.  
176. In view of the differences between the preferences of different countries, it may take a 
long  time  for  the  international  community  to  arrive  at  a  recommendation  that  is  likely  to  be 
adopted  uniformly  by  all  countries  in  a  way  that  will  completely  harmonize  international
105 | P a g e 
 
taxation  on  digital  economy.  Thus,  a  practical  and  pragmatic  solution  to  address  these 
challenges  would  need  to  be  adopted  in  the  domestic  law  by  any  country  wanting  to  address 
these challenges. 
177. Among  the  options  recognized  and  examined  by  the  Task  Force,  the  option  of  “a  new 
nexus based on significant economic presence” can be adopted in the =ncome-tax Act, 1961, but 
will not be sufficient for taxing income on the basis of this new nexus, unless any applicable tax 
treaty  is  also  amended  by  inserting such nexus.  Similarly,  the  adoption  of  a “final  (or 
intermittent)  withholding  tax on  digital  transactions” in  the  Income-tax  Act,  1961,  may  also  be 
rendered  ineffective  unless  the  same  option  is  also  included  in  the  applicable  tax  treaty.  The 
Committee  also  notes  that  India  is  committed  to  the  obligations  made  by  it  under  the  tax 
treaties,  which  largely  limit  the  application  and  effectiveness  of  adopting  these  options  in the 
Income-tax  Act,  1961. These  limitations,  however,  do  not  limit  the  adoption  or  application  of 
the  third  option,  i.e.  ‘Equalization  Levy’  unless  it  is  levied  on  ‘income’  that  may  fall  within  the 
scope of taxes covered under the tax treaties. The Committee also notes that this option is put 
forth  in  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  as  one  that  can  be  considered  as  an  alternative  to  the 
other  two, and  is a  simpler  option  devoid  of  the  difficulties  that  are  associated  with  the  more 
intractable issue of attribution of profits.  
178. Thus, among  the  three  options  that  can  be  adopted  under  domestic  laws,  the 
‘Equalization  Levy’  is  the  most  feasible  option. Such  a  levy  cannot,  however,  be  imposed  on 
income and would need to be imposed on the transacted amount or payment itself. 
179. While the BEPS Report on Action 1 suggests further work on tax challenges arising from 
digital  economy,  no  clear  framework  for undertaking  this  work  has  been determined and even 
if  any  further  work  is  undertaken,  it  is  not  clear  as  to  whether any  actionable  outcomes  from 
such  work  can  be  anticipated  in  foreseeable  future,  particularly  in  view  of  the  likely  resistance 
to such work from countries that benefit from existing rules. Thus, there does not appear to be 
any justification for postponing measures for addressing tax challenges in digital economy. 
180. BEPS  Report  on  Action  1  clearly  differentiates the  “BEPS  Issues  in  digital  economy”  that 
consist  of  artificial  arrangements  to  avoid  paying  taxes,  from  the  “broader  tax  challenges  from 
digital economy”  that primarily  relate  to the non-applicability  of  a physical  presence  based tax 
nexus on  digital  businesses,  characterization  of  income  and  valuation  of  user  data  and 
contribution. While certain recommendations like those in Action 6 for preventing treaty abuse, 
or  those  in  Action  7 for  preventing  artificial  avoidance  of  PE  Status  may  have  some  impact  on 
the  “BEPS  issues  in  digital  economy”,  there  is  virtually  nothing  in  the  outputs  or  outcomes  of 
any of the other Action Points of BEPS Project that can address the broader tax challenges.
106 | P a g e 
 
181. In  view  of  the  Committee,  there  is  a  need  to  consider  the  feasibility  of  adopting  the 
‘Equalization  Levy’  under  domestic  laws  of  =ndia  to  address  the  tax  challenges  arising  from  the 
digital  economy  at  this  stage.  The  Committee  is also  of the  view  that  adopting  such  a  measure 
at  this  stage  will  bring  greater  certainty  and  predictability  to  all  the  stakeholders,  enable  them 
to  take  it  into  account  while  making  their  future  business  plans  and  pricing  of  products, and 
thereby  contribute  to  a  more  stable  environment  that  would  exit  in  the  absence  of  such  a 
measure.  
182. Compared  to  the  option  of  including Equalization  Levy in  a  tax  treaty,  the  option  of 
imposing  the  same  under  the  domestic  law  appears  to  have  significant  advantages  in  terms  of 
providing  simplicity,  uniformity  and  consistency  as  well  as  minimizing the  costs of 
administration and compliance, and is therefore, a preferred option.  
183. Past  precedence  exist  for  imposition  of  similar  taxes  on  transactions,  like  the  Security 
Transaction  Tax  (STT)  and  the  Service  Tax.  In  view  of  these  precedents,  and  the  need  to  keep 
the  ‘Equalization  Levy’  separate  from  the  taxes  on  income,  this  Committee  is  of  the  view  that 
the  ‘Equalization  Levy’  on  payments  for  digital goods  and  services  should  be  imposed  through 
statutory provisions in the Finance Act. 
184. Equalization levy on gross amounts of transactions or payments made for digital services 
appears to be in accordance with the entries at Serial Number 92C and 97 of the First List in the 
Seventh Schedule of the Constitution of India. The existing precedent in the form of the Service 
Tax appears to remove any ambiguities and doubts in this regard. Thus this committee is of the 
view  that  Equalization  Levy  as  a  tax  on  gross  amounts  of  transactions,  imposed  by  the  Union 
through a statute made by the Parliament, would satisfy the test of constitutional validity. 
185. The  Equalization  Levy  should  be  limited  to  the  payments  made  for  intangible  services, 
including payments for use or right to use any intangible, access a digital, telecommunication or 
similar  network,  or  avail  any  service  or  other  benefit  received  from  a  foreign  company  or  a 
person outside India, provided the services are either received, utilized, provided or performed 
in  India,  and  thus  have  a  nexus  with  India,  irrespective  of  whether  the  payment  is  made  by  a 
resident or a non-resident person. Thus, the payment made by the permanent establishment of 
a  foreign  company  in  India  to  its  headquarters  outside  India  would  be  covered  if  it  otherwise 
falls  within  the  scope  of  Equalization  Levy. To  the  extent  possible,  the  categories  of  payments 
that would be subjected to Equalization Levy should be listed clearly.  
186. To  prevent  and  avoid  the  possibility  of  double  economic  taxation  from  levy  of  both 
Equalization Levy and Income-tax, relief would need to be provided from income-tax in respect 
of payments  on  which Equalization  Levy is already  paid.  Such  relief  can  be  provided  in  three 
possible  ways – by exempting  income  arising  from  transactions on  which  Equalization  Levy  has
107 | P a g e 
 
already  been  paid;  by  providing  deduction  from  total  income;  or  by  providing  tax  rebate. 
Among  these,  the  exemption  of  income  appears  to  be  the  simplest  option  with  least 
unintended consequences, and hence may be preferable. 
187. The  scope  of  such  Equalization  Levy  may  be  restricted  by  keeping  out  smaller 
transactions  where  the  compliance and  administrative  costs  would  not be  commensurate  with 
the  revenue  collected. Thus  having  a  revenue  threshold  (such  as  Rs.  one  lakh)  for  a  single 
transaction, as well as a revenue threshold for the total sum paid in a year (such as Rs. ten lakh) 
would  be  preferable. Such  thresholds  should  practically  exempt  all  payments  made  by 
consumers  for  personal  consumption,  and would  thereby  ensure  that  no  Equalization  Levy  is 
payable on B2C transactions. 
188. The  compliance  of  Equalization  Levy  can  be  ensured  largely  by  getting  it  deducted  by 
the  payer.  This  obligation  should  only  be  restricted  to  business-to-business  payments, where 
the  amount  paid  is  claimed  as  a  business  expense  (including  capitalized  expense)  for 
determining  taxable  profits  of  that  business. A  certificate  of  an  auditor  that  Equalization  Levy 
has  been  deducted  and  paid  to  Government  in  cases  where  it  was  chargeable,  and  filing  of  a 
simple annual return online should be sufficient compliance with this obligation. 
189. The beneficial owner of the Equalization Levy should be required to pay the Equalization 
Levy  chargeable  on  sums  received  by  it,  to  the  Government.  Thus,  if  it  has  received  a  sum  on 
which Equalization Levy is chargeable, and not deducted by the payer, it would be liable to pay 
the  same  to  the  Government.  However,  if  Equalization  Levy  has  already  been  deducted  on 
payments  made  to  it,  no  further  amount  would  be  payable  by  it  to  the  Government. The 
reporting  obligations  of  the beneficial  owner can  be  minimized  by  providing  the  facility  of  a 
simple  online  return  on  annual  basis,  subject  to  a  minimum  threshold  of  receipts,  like,  Rs.  10 
crores in the year. 
 
11.2  Recommendations of the Committee 
 
A.   Equalization Levy may be imposed on payments to non-residents for 
specified services by a separate chapter in the Finance Act, 2016 
190. In accordance with  the conclusions of  the  BEPS  Report  on  Action  1,  which have  been 
endorsed by G-20 and OECD, it is recommended that an “Equalization Levy” may be imposed on 
digital  transactions,  by introducing  the  necessary statutory  provisions by  a  separate  chapter in 
the Finance Act, 2016. This will not be a part of the Income-tax.
108 | P a g e 
 
191. The  Equalization  Levy should  be  chargeable on any  sum  that  is  received  by  a  non 
resident  from  a  resident  in  India  or  a  permanent  establishment  in  India as  a  consideration  for 
the specified digital services. 
192. The rate of Equalization Levy may be between 6 to 8 percent of the gross sum received 
193. Specified services may be defined as following: 
(i) online  advertising  or  any  services,  rights  or  use  of  software  for  online 
advertising, including advertising on radio & television; 
(ii) digital advertising space 
(iii) designing, creating, hosting or maintenance of website 
(iv) digital  space  for  website,  advertising,  e-mails,  online  computing,  blogs, 
online content, online data or any other online facility 
(v) any  provision,  facility  or  service  for  uploading,  storing  or distribution  of 
digital content 
(vi) online collection or processing of data related to online users in India 
(vii) any facility or service for online sale of goods or services or collecting online 
payments 
(viii) development or maintenance of participative online networks  
(ix) use  or  right  to  use  or  download  online  music,  online  movies,  online  games, 
online books or online software, without a right to make and distribute any 
copies thereof 
(x) online  news,  online  search, online  maps  or global positioning  system 
applications 
(xi) online software  applications  accessed  or  downloaded  through  internet  or 
telecommunication networks 
(xii) online software computing facility of any kind for any purpose 
(xiii) reimbursement  of  expenses  of  a  nature  that  are  included  in  any  of  the 
above 
194. It  may  be  clearly  explained  in  the  provision  that  for  the  purposes  of the above,  ‘online’ 
means a facility  or  service  or  right  or  benefit  or  access  that  is  obtained through  the  internet  or 
any  other  form  of  digital  or  telecommunication  network including  radio  &  television,  whether 
analog or digital. 
195. It  may  also  be  clearly  explained  that  Equalization  Levy  would  be  payable  if  the  sum 
received is a consideration for any of the above, irrespective of how it may be described in the 
books of the beneficial owner or the payer
109 | P a g e 
 
196. Equalization  Levy  should not be  charged unless the consideration received  for  specified 
services in a year from a person in India is more than one lakh rupees. 
197. Equalization  Levy  should  also  not  be  charged  on  payments  received  by  a  permanent 
establishment  of  a  non-resident  in  India,  which  are  attributable  to  that  permanent 
establishment  and  taxable  under  Income-tax  Act,  1961.  A  written  declaration  by the beneficial 
owner in  a  prescribed  form including  Indian  PAN  and  a  Tax  Identity  Number  in  country of 
residence for this purpose should be sufficient. 
198. Every  person  that  has  received  any  sum  chargeable  to  Equalization  Levy,  would  be 
required  to  pay  the  Equalization  Levy  chargeable  on  that  sum  to  the  central  government.  The 
Equalization  Levy  payable by  that  person  will  be  the  Equalization  Levy  payable on  the  sum 
chargeable  to  Equalization  Levy  as  reduced  by  the  Equalization  Levy  deducted  by  the  payers 
from such sum at the time of payment or credit of such sum. 
199. Every  person  that  has  received  any  sum  chargeable  to  Equalization  Levy,  would  be 
required to file a return of Sum chargeable to Equalization Levy as prescribed, if such total sum 
received  by that  person  in  a  year exceeds  ten  crore  rupees. Necessary  facility  for filing  of  such 
return online in a simple form should be made available. The details sought in the form should 
include  the  name  and  address  of  the  payer,  amount  and  date  of  payment  of  each  payment  of 
sum that is received by that person and the amount of Equalization Levy deducted by the payer 
on it. 
200. The payer should be liable to deduct the Equalization Levy, if the payment is incurred for 
the  purpose  of  a  business  in  India  and  likely  to  be  claimed  as  an  expenditure  (including 
capitalized expenses). This obligation should be similar to the obligation that exists in respect of 
Tax deducted at source under Income-tax Act, 1961.  
201. The  payer  should  also  be  required  to  get  a  certificate  from  an  Auditor,  within  60  days 
after the end of the year, that Equalization Levy has been deducted from all sums chargeable to 
it, and paid to the Central Government within 30 days of such deduction. The payer should also 
be required to file an annual return of deduction of Equalization Levy, in a simple form including 
the  name  and  address  of  the  payer, amount  and  date  of  payment  of  each such payment,  the 
amount  of  Equalization  Levy  deducted  on  it  and  the  details  of  payment  of  such  deducted 
amount to the Government. 
B.  Corresponding Changes in the Income-tax Act, 1961 
202. Any income  arising from  a  transaction  on  which Equalization  Levy  has  been  paid  should 
be  exempted  from  income-tax,  by  necessary  amendment  in  Section  10  of  the  Income-tax  Act, 
1961
110 | P a g e 
 
203. The allowability of the payment as an expense for determining the taxable profits under 
the  Income-tax  Act,  1961  may  be  linked  with  the  payment  of  Equalization  Levy,  similar  to  the 
allowability under Section 40 of that Act, including the allowance of such deduction in the year 
in which it is paid. 
204. Payments  subjected  to  Equalization  Levy  may  also  be  notified  under  Section  195  (7)  of 
the  Income-tax  Act,  1961,  along  with  an  exemption  provided  in  the  notification  itself  to  those 
cases  where  Equalization  Levy  is  paid,  so  as  to  strengthen  the  deterrent  against  non-
compliance. 
C.  Other Recommendations 
205. The definition of “business connection” in section 9 of the =ncome-tax Act, 1961 may be 
expanded to include the concept of significant economic presence 
206. Work  on exploring  the  possibility  of  deduction  of  Equalization  Levy  by  the  payment 
gateways should be initiated immediately, and should include a review of rules and regulations 
as  well  as  the  systematic  requirements  for  implementation  of such a  mechanism,  which  may 
substitute or complement the deduction of Equalization Levy by the payer. 
207. The implementation  and impact  of  Equalization  Levy may  be  monitored on  a  regular 
basis,  particularly  as  the  digital  services  that  can  be  provided  and  availed  without  physical 
presence, continue  to  evolve  and  expand  in  India.  A  Standing  Committee  may  be  constituted 
for this purpose.  
 
*****
111 | P a g e 
 
Appendix -1 
A Summary of the Proposed Equalization Levy 
 
Charged on  
Consideration received by a non-resident for specified services, from a resident in India or a 
permanent establishment in India  
Provided that Equalization Levy shall not be charged unless 
- the consideration received from a person for specified transactions services in a year is 
more than Rs.  1 lakh 
 
Rate  
At a rate that is between 6 to 8 % of the gross amount of consideration for specified 
transactions85 
 
Payable by  
The beneficial owner of the consideration for specified transactions 
 
Specified Services 
(i) online  advertising  or  any  services,  rights  or  use  of  software  for  online 
advertising, including advertising on radio & television; 
(ii) digital advertising space 
(iii) designing, creating, hosting or maintenance of website 
(iv) digital  space  for  website,  advertising,  e-mails,  online  computing,  blogs, 
online content, online data or any other online facility 
(v) any  provision,  facility  or  service  for  uploading,  storing  or  distribution  of 
digital content 
                                                           85 In view of the Committee, it may be a preferable option to restrict the rate of Equalization Levy at 6% at the time 
of its introduction, and then review it in subsequent years, to evaluate the desirability of raising it.
112 | P a g e 
 
(vi) online collection or processing of data related to online users in India 
(vii) any facility or service for online sale of goods or services or collecting online 
payments 
(viii) development or maintenance of participative online networks  
(ix) use  or  right  to  use  or  download  online  music,  online  movies,  online  games, 
online books or online software, without a right to make and distribute any 
copies thereof 
(x) online  news,  online  search, online  maps  or global  positioning  system 
applications 
(xi) online  software  applications  accessed  or  downloaded  through  internet  or 
telecommunication networks 
(xii) online software computing facility of any kind for any purpose 
(xiii) reimbursement  of  expenses  of  a  nature  that  are  included  in  any  of  the 
above 
(For the purposes of above, ‘online’ means a facility or service or right or benefit or access that is 
obtained through the internet or any other form of digital or telecommunication network.) 
(Equalization Levy would be payable if the sum received is a consideration for any of the above, 
irrespective of how it may be described in the books of the beneficial owner or the payer) 
 
Exemptions 
Equalization  Levy  would  not  be  chargeable  if  the  beneficial  owner  of the  consideration for 
specified transactions  
- has a permanent establishment in India, and 
- the consideration forms a business receipt of that permanent establishment, and  
- the  income derived  from  the  sum is  attributable  to such permanent 
establishment  in  India, and  taxable  under the  provisions  of  the  Income-tax  Act, 
1961, and 
- the  beneficiary makes  a  declaration  in  writing  in  the prescribed  form to  this 
effect.
113 | P a g e 
 
Mode of Payment 
The beneficial owner shall pay the Equalization Levy to the Government on the total 
Equalization Levy payable by that person, as reduced by any Equalization Levy that is already 
deducted by payers.  
 
Mode of Reporting Compliance 
The beneficial owner shall file an online annual return of receipts for specified services, if such 
receipts exceed ten crore rupees. There will no such obligation if such receipts from India do 
not exceed ten crore rupees. 
 
Obligation of Deduction at Source by Payer 
Any person paying or crediting a sum on which Equalization Levy is chargeable shall deduct the 
Equalization Levy at the applicable rate from that sum if such payment is made for the purpose 
of a business in India 
(A  PE  in  India  making  a  payment  to  the  Headquarters or  to  any  other  non-resident on  which 
Equalization  Levy  is  chargeable  shall  also  deduct  the  Equalization  Levy at  the  applicable  rate 
from that sum) 
 
Mode of Reporting Compliance of Deduction 
The deductor shall file an online annual Return of Deduction of Equalization Levy  
Provided that a person who is not required to maintain its books of accounts under any 
law in India shall not be required to file such return 
The deductor shall obtain a certificate of the Auditor in the prescribed form to the effect that 
Equalization Levy has been correctly deducted on payments  
Provided that a person who is not required to get its books of accounts audited under 
any law in India shall not be required to obtain such a certificate
114 | P a g e 
 
Whether the payment chargeable to Equalization Levy would include indirect 
taxes/levies paid in India 
The Committee recommends that Equalization Levy should be chargeable on the amount 
received by beneficial owner excluding any indirect taxes/levies paid in India. 
 
Corresponding Changes in Income-tax Act, 1961 
 
Exemption of Income from a specified transaction on which Equalization Levy has been paid 
Any income  arising from  a  transaction  on  which  Equalization  Levy has  been  paid  should  be 
exempted from income-tax, by necessary amendment in Section 10 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 
 
 
Payment for specified transactions on which Equalization Levy is chargeable not to be allowed 
as expenses if Equalization Levy has not been deducted 
The  allowability  of  the  payment  as  an  expense  for  determining  the  taxable  profits  under  the 
Income-tax  Act,  1961  may  be  linked  with  the  payment  of  Equalization  Levy,  similar  to  the 
allowability  under  Section  40of  that  Act,  including  the  allowance of  such  deduction  in  the  year 
in which it is paid. 
 
Non Statutory Measures 
 
Notifications on specified transactions under section 195 (7) 
Payments  subjected  to  Equalization  Levy  may  also  be  notified  under  Section  195  (7)  of  the 
Income-tax Act, 1961, along with an exemption provided in the notification itself to those cases 
where Equalization Levy is paid, so as to strengthen the deterrent against non-compliance. 
 
*****
115 | P a g e 
 
Appendix -2 
Clarifications regarding Equalization Levy 
 
1. Objectives of Equalization Levy 
To  address  the  base  erosion  faced  in  digital  economy from  limitations  of  existing 
international  taxation  rules, in  accordance  with  international  agreement  arrived  in 
the BEPS Project. This base erosion happens when a deductible payment is made for 
the  purpose  of  business  and  claimed  as  business  expense,  but  the  income  arising 
from  such  payments  is  not  taxable  because  of  the  limitations  of  existing 
international taxation rules. 
To reduce the unfair tax advantage enjoyed by a multinational digital enterprise over 
its  Indian  competitors,  and  thereby  ensure  fair  market  competition.  The  unfair  tax 
advantage arises when domestic enterprises are taxed but multinational enterprises 
are not taxed on their income arising from India. 
To  provide  greater  certainty  and  predictability  with  regard  to  taxation  of  payments 
for digital services by way of a stable tax regime. 
‘Equalization Levy’ has been recognized and accepted in the BEPS Report on Action 1 
as one of the options that can be resorted to by countries under their domestic laws.   
2. Payment covered 
It  will  be  levied  only  on payment  made  for certain  specified  services  and  facilities 
provided  by multinational  enterprises  not having  a  permanent  establishment  in 
India.  
3. Payments not covered 
It  will  not  be  levied  on  goods to  be  imported.  The  fact  that  orders  are  placed  & 
payments  are  made  on  the internet  will  not  attract Equalization  Levy.  In  other 
words,  what  is  normally  understood  as  E-Commerce  or digital  Commerce  need not 
necessarily attract Equalization Levy. Sellers or buyers selling tangible goods by using 
internet will not be affected, except in respect of payments for specified services. 
It  will  also  not  be  levied  on  services  that  are  not  specified,  even  if  such  services  are 
procured  by  making  payments  from  within  India  over  the  internet. For  example,  an 
Indian resident books hotel rooms abroad. Booking is made and payment is made on 
the  net. However,  hospitality  services  are  not  specified  services  for  the  purpose  of 
Equalization  Levy. Hence Equalization  Levy will  not be  levied.  Such  transactions  are 
normally known as E-Commerce. However, they will not attract Equalization Levy.
116 | P a g e 
 
Thus,  the  Equalization  Levy  is  not necessarily chargeable  for  all  E-Commerce 
transactions.  
4. Payment Thresholds for Equalization Levy 
No  Equalization Levy will  be  charged  for  payments  below  the  threshold  limit  of  Rs. 
one lakh for a single payment, or Rs. ten lakh of total payments made in a year by a 
payer to a single party. Thus, no Equalization Levy would be levied in the following 
instances: 
(i) An  Indian  resident  makes  a  single  payment  for  Rs.  95,000  to  a  foreign 
enterprise for a specified service; 
(ii) An  Indian  resident  makes  several  payments  to  a  foreign  enterprise  for 
specified  services,  but  total  of  all  payments  made  to  that  enterprise  in  the 
year is less than Rs. one lakh; 
(iii) An Indian resident makes several payments to several foreign enterprises for 
specified  services,  but  the  total  of  all  payments  made  to  each  of  those 
enterprises in the year is less than Rs. one lakh. 
These  high  thresholds  are  likely  to  ensure  that  payments  of  smaller  amounts  made 
by Indian consumers for personal consumption of services are not affected by it. In a 
case, where a total payment exceeding Rs. one lakh is made by a consumer for non-
business purposes (such as personal consumption) to a single foreign enterprise in a 
year, Equalization  Levy  would  be  chargeable,  but  even  then  there  would  be  no 
liability on the consumer to deduct it. Thus, Equalization Levy would not affect non-
business consumers. 
5. Payments to Residents & Permanent Establishments of Non-Residents not Liable 
Equalization Levy will not be chargeable on payments for specified services made to 
Indian Residents. In fact, the levy is proposed to protect Indian residents from unfair 
competition  arising  out  of  unfair  tax  advantage  enjoyed  by  their  foreign 
competitors. 
Equalization  Levy will also not  be chargeable on payments  for  specified  services 
made  to  permanent  establishment  of  non-residents  in  India.  Thus,  it  also  protects 
non-residents paying taxes on their income in India from unfair competition. 
6. Indian Nexus necessary 
Equalization Levy will be levied only where payments for specified services are made 
by  a  resident  of  India  or  a  permanent  establishment  of  a  non-resident  for  the 
purpose of its business in India. Payments made by a non-resident from within India
117 | P a g e 
 
will  not  attract  Equalization  Levy,  unless  it  has  a  permanent  establishment  and 
payment is borne by that permanent establishment in India.  
7. Deduction at Source liability only on businesses 
The payer  is  required  to  deduct  the  Equalization  Levy  from  a  payment  for  specified 
services  only  if  it  is  a  payment  made  for  the  purpose  of  business,  and  the  payer 
intends  to  claim  a  deduction  for  expenses  on  account  of  such  payment  for 
determining its taxable profits in India.  
Thus,  a  person  making  payments  for  personal  use  and  not  intending  to  claim  any 
deductions for that payment will not be required to make any deductions.  
8. Possibility of deduction of Equalization Levy by Payment Gateways 
The  Committee  recommends  that  necessary  work  for  evolving  a  mechanism  for 
deduction of Equalization Levy by payment gateways need to be initiated. However, 
the Committee recognizes that such a mechanism may take some time to develop. 
9. Filing of Returns 
Non-resident beneficial  owner will  have  to  file  his  tax  return only if its annual 
receipts  chargeable  to  Equalization  Levy  are in  excess  of  Rs.  Ten  Crore.  For  receipts 
below Rs. Ten Crore, tax will be payable, but there will be no obligation for the non-
resident to file  a  return. Tax  deducted  by Indian  resident  payers  will  be  accepted  as 
final  payments,  and  if  Equalization  Levy  has  been  deducted  on  all specified 
payments by payers in India, no further payment will be required from the beneficial 
owner. 
Payers in India will be required to file a simple online return annually providing basic 
details of Equalization Levy deducted and paid to the Government. 
10. No Payment, no Levy 
If no  payment  is  made for  a  service, there  will  be  no  levy. For  instance, Equalization 
Levy will not be chargeable  on services  that  are  available  freely  on  the  internet,  or 
free apps that are available to the Indian consumers.  
11. Payments  subjected to Equalization Levy exempted from Income-tax  
All  payments  for  specified  services  that  are  liable  to  Equalization  Levy  shall be 
exempt  from  Indian  Income-tax  in  the  hands  of  the non-resident beneficial  owner. 
This will ensure that payments will not be covered by both Equalization Levy as well 
as  Income-tax  Act,  and  thereby  ensure  that  there  is  no  double  taxation  in  India  on 
those  payments.  This  would  also  help  in  minimizing income-tax  disputes  relating  to
118 | P a g e 
 
characterization  of  payments  and  their  consequent  taxability  under  the  Income-tax 
Act. 
Thus,  the  income  of  a non-resident from services that are  covered by  Equalization 
Levy, and on which Equalization Levy is paid will be fully exempt from income-tax. 
12. Outside Income-tax Act – Not a tax on income 
The Equalization Levy will be outside Income-tax Act. It is not a tax on income, as it is 
levied  on  payments.  It  is  therefore  also  payable  by  enterprises  not  making  any  net 
profits.  
However,  Equalization  Levy  is  not  chargeable  on  payments  made  to  permanent 
establishments  of  foreign  enterprises  in  India,  and  thus,  enterprises  that  would 
prefer  to  be  taxed  on  their  net  income  have  the  opportunity  to  have  a  permanent 
establishment in India and thereby get taxed only on their net income.  
13. Tax Treaties (Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements) Not Applicable on Equalization 
Levy – No Foreign Tax Credit in the other country 
As  the  Equalization  Levy  is  not  charged  on  income,  it  is  not  covered  by  Double 
Taxation  Avoidance  Agreements  or tax  treaties.  Thus,  no  tax  credits  under  the  tax 
treaties will become available to the beneficial owner in the country of its residence, 
in respect of Equalization Levy charged in India. 
The  Committee  recommends  that  in  case  the  other  country  also  levies  a  similar 
Equalization  Levy,  Government of  India may  explore  the  possibility  of  having  a 
reciprocal  agreement with  that  other  country for  allowing  tax  credits  under  the 
domestic tax laws for Equalization Levy paid. 
14. Positive Aspects of Equalization Levy  
(i) Internationally Recognized Option: Equalization Levy has been recognized as one 
of  the  possible  options  that  can  be  resorted  to  by  countries  for  addressing  the 
tax challenges arising from digital economy, under their domestic laws. 
(ii) The design  of  the Equalization  Levy  avoids many complications related  to 
determination  of nexus,  characterization of payments  and attribution  of profits. 
As  it  is  levied  on  gross  payments  at a  flat,  low,  final  rate,  there  is  no  need  for 
determining taxable income. 
(iii) Since this levy is not under the Income-tax Act, the provisions of transfer pricing 
and General Anti Avoidance Rules will not be applicable to it. 
(iv) It does not affect consumers making payments up to Rs. one lakh.
119 | P a g e 
 
15. Administration 
The Equalization Levy can be administered in the same way as Securities Transaction 
Tax, by the Income-tax authorities. 
16. Obligation to record in Books of Accounts and get them Audited 
The deductor in India, if it is making the payment for purpose of its business, will be 
expected  to  record  the  transactions  in  its  books  of  accounts  that  it  is  required  to 
maintain  for  its  business  under  any  law  in  India.  No  such  obligation  would  be  there 
for a person, who is not required to maintain books of accounts. 
Similarly, a deductor that is required to gets its books of accounts audited, would be 
expected  to  obtain  a  certificate  that  Equalization  Levy has  been  deducted  and  paid 
to the Government as per law.  No such obligation would be there for a person, who 
is not required to get its books audited. 
17. Expected Revenue 
The Equalization Levy is designed in a way to keep its impact limited at this stage to 
only certain specified transactions above a high threshold limit. Accordingly, it is not 
expected  to  be  a  major  source  of  revenue  at  this  stage.  However,  its  prime 
significance  lies  in initiating  a  process  of addressing  tax  challenges  of  digital 
economy; minimizing the  unfair tax  advantage enjoyed by multinational enterprises 
over their Indian competitors; bringing greater certainty and predictability in respect 
of  certain  disputed  payments; and  creating  incentives  against  base  erosion  and  in 
favor of compliance with Indian tax laws, without disrupting the economy or adding 
to  the  cost  of  compliance  or  administration.  Its  overall  contribution  as  a  tax  policy 
measure is likely to be significant in the long run. 
Even  though  the  greatest  benefits  of  this  measure  will  become  available  later,  it  is 
important to introduce it now, so as to enable the businesses to adapt to its impacts. 
Such  a  measure  will  also  introduce  long  term  certainty,  predictability  and  avoid  the 
need of surprise measures in future.  
18. Ease of Compliance and Administration 
Compliance of  Equalization  Levy  can be completed on  the  internet,  including 
payment of Equalization Levy and filing of returns. In view of the simple and certain 
design  of  Equalization  Levy,  the  administrative  interventions  are  expected  to  be 
minimal,  thereby  minimizing  the  need  for  scrutiny,  investigations  and  appeals.  By 
exempting  such  income  from  income-tax,  compliance  and  administrative  costs  in 
respect of income-tax are also likely to be reduced. 
*****
120 | P a g e 
 
Appendix -3 
Draft clause to be added to Form 3CD or Draft of a separate 
form for Audit Report under the [Equalization Levy] Act 
 
(a) Whether the assessee has made specified payments to a non-resident covered under the 
[Equalization Levy] Act 
(b)  
S.No. Specified payments made by 
the assessee 
 
Amount paid Equalisation 
Levy Deducted 
Date of payment 
     
     
     
(c) Amounts inadmissible under section 40(a) as payment to non-resident referred to in sub-
clause (_):  
(A) Details of payment on which tax is not deducted:  
(I) date of payment 
(II) amount of payment  
(III) nature of payment 
(IV) name and address of the payee 
(B) Details of payment on which tax has been deducted but has not been paid on or before 
the due date specified in sub- section (1) of section 139: 
 (I) date of payment  
(II) amount of payment  
(III) nature of payment  
(IV) name and address of the payer  
(V) amount of tax deducted  
(VI) amount out of (V) deposited, if any 
 
*****
121 | P a g e 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SINGATURES  
OF THE MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE
122 | P a g e 
 
SIGNED BY THE MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE ON TAXATION 
OF E-COMMERCE 
On February 3rd, 2016 
 
 
 
(i) Shri Akhilesh Ranjan86  
Chief Commissioner of Income-tax (OSD), 
FT&TR-I, CBDT, Department of Revenue, 
Ministry of Finance & Chairman of the 
Committee 
 
 
 
(ii) Ms. Pragya Sahay Saksena 
Joint Secretary (TPL-I), CBDT, Department of 
Revenue, Ministry of Finance 
 
 
 
(iii) Shri Pradip Mehrotra 
Commissioner of Income Tax (ITA), CBDT, 
Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance 
 
 
 
(iv) Ms. Chandana Ramachandran 
Commissioner of Income Tax (International 
Taxation), Bengaluru 
 
 
 
 
                                                           86 Shri Akhilesh Ranjan was Joint Secretary (FT&TR-I), CBDT, Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance at the 
time of commencement of the work of the Committee, but was promoted as Chief Commissioner of Income-tax 
just before the signing of the report 
(signed on 4th February, 2016 in Bengaluru; conveyed by e-mail)
123 | P a g e 
 
 
 
(v) Shri Nihar N Jambusaria 
Chairman, Committee on International Taxation 
of the ICAI, representative of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) 
 
 
 
(vi) Shri Pramod Jain 
Head of Taxation, Flipkart, Industry 
representative 
 
 
 
 
(vii) Shri Rashmin Sanghvi 
Chartered Accountant, Expert on International 
Taxation and Taxation of E-Commerce 
 
 
 
(viii) Dr. Vinay Kumar Singh 
Director (FT&TR-I), CBDT Department of 
Revenue, Ministry of Finance & Member 
Secretary of the Committee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*****